PALAONTOGRAPHICAL SOCIETY, VOL. LVI. CRETACEOUS LAMELLIBRA NCHIA. Parr LY. Paces 145—196; Prares XXVII XXX VIII. FOSSIL FISHES OF THE ENGLISH CHAT Parr J, Paces 1—56; Prarrs I—XTIT. BRITISH GRAPTOLITES. Parr I. InrTRODUCTION, PAGES i—xxviii. Paces 55—102; Prares V—XIIT. BRITISH PLEISTOCENE MAMMALIA. Vou. IT, Parr I. Paces 1—25; Prares I—XTV. IssueD For 1902. Digitized by the Internet Archive in 2011 with funding from California Academy of Sciences Library http://www.archive.org/details/monographot561902pala PALFONTOGRAPHICAL SOCIETY. VOLUME LVI. CONTAINING Fourteen Plates. THE CAVE HYAINA. By Prof. 8. H. Reynoups, THE FISHES OF THE ENGLISH CHALK. Part I. Plates. THE CRETACEOUS LAMELLIBRANCHIA. Part IV. By Mr. H. Woops. By Miss Exites and Miss Woop. By Dr. A. SmirH Woopwarp. Thirteen Twelve Plates. BRITISH GRAPTOLITES. Part I, No. 2. Edited by Prof. LAPWORTH. Nine Plates. ISSUED FOR 1902. LONDON: PRINTED FOR THE PALAONTOGRAPHICAL SOCIETY. AGENTS FOR THE SOCIETY: DULAU AND CO., 37, SOHO SQUARE, W. DECEMBER, 1902. THE PALAZONTOGRAPHICAL SOCIETY was established in the year 1847, for the purpose of figuring and describing British Fossils. Each person subscribing ONE Guinn is considered a Member of the Society, and is entitled to the Volume issued for the Year to which the Subscription relates. Subscriptions are considered to be due on the 1st of January in each year. The Annual Volumes are now issued in two forms of Binding: 1st, with all the Monographs stitched together and enclosed in one cover; 2nd, with each of the Monographs in a paper cover, and the whole of the separate parts enclosed in an envelope. Members wishing to obtain the Volume arranged in the LATTER FORM are requested to communicate with the Secretary. Most of the back volumes are in stock. Monographs or parts of Monographs already published can be obtained, apart from the annual volumes, from Messrs. Dutav anv Co., 37, Soho Square, London, W., who will forward a complete price list on application. Members desirous of forwarding the objects of the Society can be provided with plates and circulars for distribution on application to the Secretary, Dr. A. Smith Woopwarp, British Museum (Nat. Hist.), South Kensington, London, 8.W. The following Monographs are in course of publication : The Fossil Sponges, by Dr. G. J. Hinde. The Graptolites, by Prof. Lapworth, Miss Elles, and Miss Wood. The Cretaceous Lamellibranchia, by Mr. H. Woods. The Carboniferous Lamellibranchiata, by Dr. Wheelton Hind. The Inferior Oolite Ammonites, by Mr. 8. 8. Buckman. The Carboniferous Cephalopoda of Ireland, by Dr. A. H. Foord. The Sirenoid Ganoids, the Palzoniscid Fishes of the Carboniferous Formation, and the Fishes of the Old Red Sandstone, by Dr. R. H. Traquair. The Fishes of the English Chalk, by Dr. A. Smith Woodward. The Fauna of the Devonian Formation of the South of England, by the Rev. G. F. Whidborne. The following Monographs are in course of preparation : The Carboniferous Lepidodendra, by Dr. D. H. Scott. The Fossil Cycadez, by Mr. A. C. Seward. The Reptilia of the Oxford Clay, by Dr. C. W. Andrews, The Cornbrash Fauna, by Prof. J. F. Blake. Geoloay QE To) P21 BOINUIN Bs) Jeu ess I8 PALAONTOGRAPHICAL SOCIETY, 1902, SSE Che Council, Secretaries, and Atlembers A LIST OF THE CONTENTS OF THE VOLUMES ALREADY PUBLISHED. Council and Officers elected June, 1902.* President, HENRY WOODWARD, Esg., LL.D., F.R.S., F.G.S. Vite-Dresidents, Rev. Canon Bonney, D.Sc., F.B.S. | Pror. CuHarztes LArpwortu, LL.D., F.R.S. W. H. Hupuzston, Esq., M.A., F.B.S. Rey. G. F. Wurpporne, M.A., F.G.S. Council. F. A. Baruer, Hsq., M.A., D.Sc., F.G.S. | A. M. Bett, Esq, M.A., F.G.S. J. Hopxinson, EHsq., F.G.S. F W. T. Buanrorp, Esq., LL.D., F.R.S. | F A . L. Kircutn, Ese., M.A., Pu.D., F.G.S. . T. Newton, Hsq., F.R.S., F.G.S. . R. Cowrer Reep, Hsq., M.A., F.G.S. . W. Rowe, Ese., M.B., F.G.S. . H. Scort, Ese., Ph.D., F.RB.S. W. P. D. Stessine, Hsq., F.G.S. Rev. R. Asuineron Buen, B.A., F.G.S. | Miss MarcGarret CROSFIELD. | Rey. A. Funirr, M.A. D UpFIELD GREEN, Hsq., F.G.S. G. J. Hinpz, Esq., P#.D., F.B.S. Treasurer. R. Ernerings, Esq., F.R.S., 14, Carlyle Square, Chelsea. S.W. Secretary. A. Smirx Woopwarp, Esq., LL.D., F.R.S., British Museum (Nat. Hist.), South Kensington, London. S.W. otal Secretaries. Aberdeen—Mrs. M. Oaitvir Gorpon, D.Sc. Bath—Rev. H. H. Winwoop, M.A., F.G.S. Berlin—Mussrs. FRIEDLANDER & Son. Cambridge—H. Woops, Esq., M.A., F.G.S. Glasgow—M. Laurin, Esq., M.A., D.Sc. Gloucester—S. S. Buckman, Hsq., F.G.S. Hertfordshire —J. Horx1nson, Hsq., F.G.S. Liverpool—JosEru Lomas, Hsq., F.G.S. Oxford—Proressor W. J. Souuas, F.R.S. Sydney—H. Deane, Ksgq,, F.L.8. Modified by resolution of Council on 21st November, 1902, when the vacancy in the list of Vice-Presidents, caused by the death of the Rev. Dr. Wiltshire on 27th October, was filled by the Rey. Canon Bonney. ANNUAL REPORT OF THE COUNCIL FOR THE YEAR ENDING 31st MARCH, 1902. READ AND ADOPTED AT THE ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING, HELD BY KIND PERMISSION OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY AT THEIR APARTMENTS IN BURLINGTON HOUSE, JUNE 20ru, 1902. Dr. HENRY WOODWARD, F.R.S., PResipent, IN THE CHAIR. Tur Councit, in presenting their Fifty-fifth Annual Report, have much pleasure in recording the continued prosperity of the Society. The Treasurer’s financial statement is eminently satisfactory, and the original Monographs offered 2 fo) Ca) to the Society for publication are as numerous and valuable as at any previous period in its history. The income during the financial year amounted to £610 1s. 4d., and the total expenditure was £488 19s. 1ld., leaving a balance of £121 2s. 3d. to be added to the balance of £1005 19s. 11d. already standing to the Society’s credit. The surplus is due to the circumstance that the volume for the year was somewhat smaller than usual, and contained eight plates for which most of the charges had been paid many years before. A donation of £25 4s., for which thanks are due to the Rey. G. F. Whidborne, Vice-President, was also a welcome addition to the funds. The Council have the gratification to announce that His Majesty the King has graciously consented to continue the patronage which was accorded for so many 6 years by Her late Majesty Queen Victoria, in subscribing for the Society’s annual volume. A few additional members have also joined the Society, and fortunately repaired the losses sustained by death and resignation. ‘The most serious loss during the year was caused by the lamented death of Mr. J. C. Mansel-Pleydell, who was one of the oldest and most active members, and served for some time on the Council. The resignation of several small libraries, after a brief period of subscription, 1s also regrettable, and serves to emphasise the importance of securing new personal subscribers who will take an active interest in the Society’s work. The volume for 1901 was issued at the end of the year, and contains 241 pages and thirty-five plates. It includes continuations of the Monographs of Cretaceous Lamellibranchs, Carboniferous Lamellibranchs, Carboniferous Cephalopods of Treland, and British Carboniferous Ganoid Fishes, besides the first part of the long-expected Monograph of British Graptolites edited by Professor Lapworth. All these Monographs are still in active progress, and further instalments of most of them may be expected to appear in the volume for 1902. This volume will also comprise the first part of the Secretary's new Monograph of the Fossil Fishes of the English Chalk, and a Monograph of the Cave Hyzena by Professor S. H. Reynolds. Thanks are due to the Geological Society for permission both to store the stock of back volumes, and to hold the Council meetings and the annual general meeting in their apartments. In conclusion, it is proposed that the retiring members of the Council be Sir Archibald Geikie, Professor T. Rupert Jones, Dr. C. H. Gatty, and Mr. A. Strahan ; that the new members be Miss Margaret Crosfield, Professor Charles Lapworth, Mr. A. M. Bell, and Mr. W. P. D. Stebbing; that the President be Dr. Henry Woodward ; the new Vice-Presidents be Professor Lapworth and Rev. Dr. Wiltshire ; the Treasurer, Mr. R. Etheridge; and the Secretary, Dr. A. Smith Woodward. Annexed is the Balance Sheet. *COOMUVY) “) ‘agHLvg “V if ‘NOSNINdOFT NHOf ‘qyooI10) PUNOF puv ‘poonpoad steyONoa YIM ‘pourmmexy ‘GOST “YALL oun ‘09 Y nen ‘sassepy Aq seTeg ; 5 mOTyeUo(y sdaqmey Usta10,g Aq pred ssviiiep LIV ZO6L “ Lzz a L06I “ Z21 : 0061T “ &I Ks 668L “ & a 8681 “ T ¢ aE IL I88T 10} [—suoydizosqng yunooy yueLMA *qtsodaq uO —JUNOdV 4Sv[ Worf ooUL[V © L 919g &§ I 9191e 0 OM Mal OMe SG ZS L8G qunoooy juerIng vot 0 0 006 “sodeq uO —yurg 4v sour[eg 0 2 88% 0 3 @ >IT ARO AOU 0 ZL OSI ’ BLO syUNOdsIp puv ‘sesieyo yuRq ‘sonbayH 0 eT st 0 SLO QOURINSUT 117 032 r OLS AIOMOTYLIS pu esvysog OL 0 OL 6 TUNtIe1oTOY 8s A1B19109G Or I 9 2 IL SMOTPRAYSNITE SUIMBICL One aT € SI 3 coded | wih ell soe Gon cli Ssuryad orydersoqyry 0 0 002 0 TI ISI WOINGLystp pur ‘surpurq ‘suyurd sserdseqyorT p 8 F&F i) OD e3 “UT ‘SOBL B8TLE yop burpua wax ‘MTUASVAL J, “dsq “HOCIUGHLA LYAAOU AuIM INM000V NI ALHTIOOS “0 TVOIHAVUNOLNOW ITVd FHL LIST OF MEMBERS.’ CORRECTED TO Ist NOVEMBER, 1902. His Mosr Gracious Masrsry rue Kina. Aberdeen, University Library. Adelaide (Australia) Public Library. Adlard, R. E., Esg., Bartholomew Close. I.C. Allen, E. G., Eisq., 28, Henrietta Street, Covent Garden. W.C. Allen, H. A., Esq., F.G.S., 28, Jermyn Street. 5S.W. Amherst College, Mass., U.S.A. Amsden, Mrs. E. B., Holmwood, 260, South Norwood Hill. S.4K. Amsterdam, Royal Academy of Sciences. Arlecdon and Frizington Public Library, Frizington, Cumberland. Avebury, Right Hon. Lord, 15, Lombard Street, E.C. Bale (Switzerland), University Library. Balston, W. E., Esq., F.G.8., Barvin, Potter’s Bar. Banks, W. H., Esq., Hergest Croft, Kington, Herefordshire. Barnes, J., Hsq., F.G.S., South Cliff House, Higher Broughton, Manchester. Barnsley Naturalist and Scientific Society. Bath, Kingswood School. Bather, F. A., Esq., M.A., D.Sc., F.G.S., British Museum (Nat. Hist.). S.W. Battersea Public Library, Lavender Hill. S.W. Bedford, His Grace the Duke of, Woburn Abbey, Bedfordshire. Bedford, J., Esq., Woodhouse Cliff, Leeds. Bedford Literary Institute, Bedford. Belfast Linen Hall Library, Donegal Square North, Belfast. Belfast, Queen’s College. Bell, A.M., Esq., M.A., F.G.S., Limpsfield, Rawlinson Road, Oxford. Bell, W. H., Esq., F.G.S., Cleeve House, Seend, Melksham. Bell and Bradfute, Messrs., 12, Bank Street, Edinburgh. * 'The Members are requested to inform the Secretary of any errors or omissions in this list, and of any delay in the transmission of the Yearly Volumes. b 10 Bergen (Norway), Museums Bibliothek. Berkeley, Right Hon. Earl of, The Heath, Bear’s Hill, near Abingdon. Bethnal Green Public Library, London Street. N.E. Birkenhead Public Library, Birkenhead. Birley, Miss Caroline, 14, Brunswick Gardens, Kensington. W. Birmingham Free Public Library, Ratcliff Place, Birmingham. Birmingham, Midland Institute. Birmingham Old Library, Margaret Street, Birmingham. Birmingham, University Library. Blackburn Public Library, Blackburn, Blackmore, Humphrey P., Esq., M.D., F.G.S., Salisbury. Blake, Rev. J. F., M.A., F.G.S., 69, Comeragh Road, West Kensington. W. Blanford, W. T., Esq., LL.D., F.R.S., 72, Bedford Gardens, Campden Hill. W. Blathwayt, Lieut.-Col. Linley, Kagle House, Batheaston, Bath. Blundell, G. H., Esq., M.A., Wellington College, Berks. Blundell, Harold, Esq., Fairlawn, Harpenden, Herts. Blyth, C. E., Esq., Birdingbury Hall, near Rugby. Bolton, Chadwick Museum. Bompas, G. C., Esq., F.G.S., 121, Westbourne Terrace, Hyde Park. W. Bonn (Germany), Geological-Palzontological Institute of the University. Bonney, Rev. Canon T. G., D.Se., F.R.S., Vice-President, 23, Denning Road, Hamp- stead. N.W. Bootle-cum-Linacre Public Library, Bootle, Liverpool. Bordeaux, University Library, Boston Society of Natural History, Boston, Mass., U.S.A. Boulogne-sur-Mer (France), Bibliotheque Communale, Bradley, F. L., Esq., F.G.S., Ingleside, Malvern Wells. Brighton aud Hove Natural History Society, Brighton. Bristol Naturalists’ Society, Geological Section, per B. A. Baker, Esq., 11, Westbury Park, Bristol. Bristol Public Museum and Reference Library, Queen’s Road, Bristol, Bromley Naturalists’ Society, 50, London Road, Bromley, Kent. Bromley Public Library, Tweedy Road, Bromley, Kent. Brown, Alexander Oestrand, Esq., 4, The Grove, Highgate. N. Bruce, J., Esq., Hill Crest, Whitby, Yorkshire. Buchan-Hepburn, Sir Archibald, Smeaton-Hepburn, Preston Kirk, East Lothian. N.B. Buckman, 8. 8., Esq., F.G.S., Local Secretary, Ellborough, Charlton Kings, Cheltenham. Bullen, Rev. RK. Ashington, B.A., F.G.S., The Vicarage, Pyrford, Woking. Burrows, Henry W., Esq., F.G.S., 17, Victoria Street. S.W. Burslem Public Library, Burslem. Buxton Public Library, Town Hall, Buxton. Camberwell Public Library, 20, High Street, Peckham. S.K. Cambridge, Peterhouse. Cambridge Philosophical Society’s Library, New Museums, Cambridge. Cambridge, St. John’s College. Cambridge, Sidney Sussex College. Cambridge, Trinity College. 1 Cambridge University Library. Cambridge, Woodwardian Museum. Canadian Geological Survey, Sussex Street, Ottawa, Canada. Canterbury, Philosophical Institute of, Christchurch, New Zealand. Cardiff Public Library, Cardiff. Carlisle Public Library, Carlisle. Catford, S.E., St. Dunstan’s College. Chelsea Public Library, Manresa Road. S.W. Cheltenham College, Cheltenham. Cheltenham Library, 5, Royal Crescent, Cheltenham. Cheltenham Natural Science Society, Cheltenham. Chester Society of Natural Science, Chester. Chesterfield Public Library, Chesterfield. Chicago (U.S.A.), Newberry Library. Chicago (U.S.A.) Public Library, Chiswick Public Library, Chiswick. W. Christ Church Public Library, Blackfriars Road, Southwark. S.E. Christiania (Norway), University Library. Cincinnati (U.S.A.) Public Library. Clarke, Mrs. Stephenson, Brooke House, Hayward’s Heath, Sussex. Clermont-Ferrand (France), University Library. Clifton College, Clifton, Bristol. Clough, C. T., Esq., F.G.S., 28, Jermyn Street. S.W. Cobbold, E. 8., Esq., F.G.S., Church Stretton, R.S.O., Shropshire. Coomaraswamy, A. K., Esq., B.Se., F.L.S., F.G.S., Walden, Worplesdon, Guildford. Coombs, J. Ashton, Esq., F.G.S., Albion Lodge, Gloucester Road, Cheltenham. Cork, Queen’s College. Cornell University, Ithaca, U.S.A. Coventry Free Public Library, Coventry. Crofton, Rev, Addison, M.A., Linton Court, Settle, Yorkshire. Crosfield, Miss Margaret, Undercroft, Reigate. Croydon Free Library, Croydon. Cullis, Prof. C. Gilbert, D.Se., F.G.S., Royal College of Science, South Kensington. S.W. Darwin, W, E., Esq., F.G.S., Ridgemont, Bassett, Southampton. Davis, Prof. J. R. Ainsworth, M.A., University College, Aberystwyth. Dawkins, Prof. W. Boyd, F.R.S., F.G.S., Woodhurst, Wilmslow Road, Fallowfield, Manchester. Deane, Henry, Esq., I°.L.8., Local Secretary, Railway Department, Sydney, New South Wales. Delgado, Senhor J. F’. N., Direccao dos Trabalhos geologicos, 113, Rua do Arco a Jesus, Lisbon. Derby Free Library and Museum, Derby. Derham, Walter, Hsq., 76, Lancaster Gate, Bayswater. W. Devonport Free Public Library, Devonport. Devonshire, His Grace the Duke of, F.R.S., Devonshire House, Piccadilly. W. Dewalque, Prof., F.C.G.S., Liége. Dewsbury Public Free Library, Dewsbury. Dickinson, W., Esq., F.G.S., Warham Road, Croydon. Dickson, Edward, Esq., 2, Starkie Street, Preston, Dijon (France), University Library. Donald, Miss, Quarry Hill, near Mealsgate, vid Carlisle. Doneaster Borough Free Library, Doncaster. Dordolot, Rev. H. de, D.D., Prof. Cath. University, Louvain, Belgium. Dorset County Museum Library, Dorchester, Dowson, E. T., Esq., F.R.M.S., Geldeston, Beccles. Drew, Dr. J., F.G.S., Montrose, Battledown, Cheltenham, Dublin, National Library. Dublin, Royal College of Science for Ireland, Stephen’s Green. Dublin, Royal Irish Academy, 19, Dawson Street. Ducie, Right Hon. Earl of, F.R.S., Tortworth Court, Gloucestershire. Dudley and Midland Geological and Scientific Society and Field Club. Dundee Free Library, Dundee. Dundee Naturalists’ Society, University College, Dundee. Durham, the Dean and Chapter of (by C. Rowlandson, Esq., The College, Durham). Edinburgh Geological Society, 5, St. Andrew Square, Edinburgh. Edinburgh Museum of Science and Art, Argyle Square, Edinburgh. Edinburgh Public Library, Edinburgh. Edinburgh, Royal Society of. Edinburgh, University of. Epsom College, Epsom. Etheridge, R., Esq., F.R.S., F.G.8., Treasurer, 14, Carlyle Square, Chelsea. S.W. Evans, Sir John, K.C.B., D.C.L., F.R.S., F.G.S., Nash Mills, Hemel Hempstead. Exeter, Albert Memorial Museum, Qucen Street. Folkestone Public Library and Museum, Folkestone. Foord, Dr. A. H., F.G.S., Royal Dublin Society, Dublin. Fortey, Charles, Esq., Abbey Villa, Ludlow, Foulerton, Dr. J., 44, Pembridge Villas, Bayswater. W. Fox, Howard, Esq., F.G.S., Falmouth. Fraser, John, Esq., M.A., M.D., F.R.C.S.Edin., F.G.S., Chapel Ash, Wolverhampton. Friedlander, Messrs., Local Secretaries, 11, Carlstrasse, Berlin. Fritsch, Prof. K. von, Halle. Fry, A. Mortimer, Esq., F.G.S., St. Anne’s House, Tankerton, Whitstable. Fulham Free Public Library (I. I’. Barrett, Librarian), Fulham. S.W. Fuller, Rev. A., M.A., The Lodge, 7, Sydenham Hill. S.E. Galashiels, N.B., Public Library. Galway, Queen’s College. Garnett, C., Esq., Rownham House, Clifton, Bristol. Garwood, Prof. E. J., M.A., F.G.S., University College, Gower Street. W.C. Gascoigne, Major Trench, Lotherton Hall, Aberford, Leeds. Gateshead-on-Tyne Public Library, Gateshead-on-Tyne., Gatty, Charles Henry, Esq., LL.D., F.L.S., F.G.S., Felbridge Place, Hast Grinstead, 13 Gaudry, Prof., Membre de I’Institut, F.M.G.S., Muséum d’[Listoire Naturelle, Paris. Geikie, Sir Archibald, LL.D., F.R.S., 10, Chester Terrace, Regent’s Park. Gibson, Miss, Hill House, Saffron Walden. Gilmour, M., Esq., F'.Z.S., Saffronhall House, 1, Windmill Road, Hamilton. Glasgow, Geological Society, 150, Hope Street. Glasgow, Mitchell Library, 21, Miller Street. Glasgow, Philosophical Society, 207, Bath Street. Glasgow, University of. Gloucester Free Public Library. N.W. N.B. Gordon, Mrs. Maria M. Ogilvie, D.Se., Local Secretary, 1, Rubislaw Terrace, A berdecn. Goss, W. H., Esq., F.G.S., Stoke-on-Trent. Gosselet, Prof. J., 159, Rue Bridle-Maison, Lille, France. Great Yarmouth Public Library. Green, Upfield, Esq., '.G.S., 8, Bramshill Road, Harlesden. N.W. Grevel and Co., 33, King Street, Covent Garden. W.C. Haileybury College, near Hertford. Halifax Free Public Library, Halifax. Hamling, J. G., Esq., F.G.S., The Close, Barnstaple. Hammersmith Free Public Library, Ravenscourt Park, Hammersmith. W. Hampstead Public Library, Finchley Road, Hampstead. N.W. Handsworth Public Library, Birmingham. Hannah, R., Esq., F.G.S., 82, Addison Road, Kensington. W. Harker, Alfred, Esq., M.A., F.G.S., St. John’s College, Cambridge. Harlesden Public Library, Craven Park Road, Harlesden. N.W. (Hz. Librarian.) Harley, Dr. John, F.L.8., Becdings, Pulborough, Sussex. Harmer, I. W., Esq., F.G.S., Oakland House, Cringleford, near Norwich. Hawell, Rev. John, M.A., F.G.S., Ingleby Greenhow Vicarage, Middlesbrough. Hawick Public Library, Hawick. N.B. Hawkshaw, J. Clarke, Esq., 33, Great George Street, Westminster. S.W. Hedderley, J. 8., Esq., Bulcote, near Nottingham. Heidelberg (Germany), University Library. Hereford, Public Library. Hermann, A., 8, Rue de la Sorbonne, Paris. Hill, Rev. Edwin, M.A., F.G.S., The Rectory, Cockfield, Bury St. Edmunds. Hill, Wm:.; Esq., F-G.S., The Maples, Hitchin. S. Newland, Hind, Wheelton, Esq., M.D.Lond., F.R.C.S., F.G.S., Roxeth House, Stoke-on-Trent. Hinde, Geo, J., Esq., Ph.D., F.R.S., Ivythorn, Avondale Road, South Croydon. Hodges, Figgis, and Co., 104, Grafton Street, Dublin. Holeroft, C., Esq., The Shrubbery, Summerhill, Kingswinford, near Dudley. Hopkinson, John, Esq., F.L.8., F.G.S., Local Secretary, Weetwood, Watford. Hove Public Library, Hove, Brighton. Howe, J. Allen, Esq., F.G.S., Museum of Practical Geology, Jermyn Street. Hudleston, W. H., Hsq., F.R.S., F.G.S., Vice-President, 8, Stanhope Gardens. Hue, J. B., Esq., Ventnor Villa, Ventnor, Isle of Wight. Ss Howse, H. G., Esq., M.S., F.R.C.S., 59, Brook Street, Grosvenor Square. W. 3. W. S.W. 14. Hughes, Prof. T. M‘K., M.A., F.R.S., Woodwardian Museum, Cambridge, Hull Public Library, Hull. India, Geological Survey of, Calcutta. Ipswich Museum, Ipswich. (F. Woolnough, Esq., Secretary.) Isle of Man Natural History Society, Ramsey, Isle of Man. Johnes, Mrs., and Lady Ei. Hills, Dolan Cothy, Llandeilo, R.S.O., South Wales. Jchns Hopkins University, Baltimore, U.S.A. Johnson, E., Ksq., 6, Bickenhall Mansions, Gloucester Place. W. Jones, Professor T. Rupert, F.R.S., F.G.8., 17, Parson’s Green, Fulham. S.W. Judd, Prof. J. W., C.B., F.R.S., Royal College of Science, South Kensington, S.W. Jukes-Browne, A, J., Esq., B.A., F.G.S., Etruria, Kent’s Road, Torquay. Justen, F, W., Esq., F.L.8., 37, Soho Square. W. Keighley Mechanics’ Institute, Keighley. Kendal Literary Institution, The Museum, Kendal, per H. B. Greenwood, Esq., Hon. Sec. Kettering Public Library, Kettering. Kilmarnock Public Library, Kilmarnock. N.B. King and Co., 65, Cornhill. .C. Kirkby, Richard, Esq., Lindisfarne, Leven, Fife. Kirkcaldy Naturalists’ Society; W. Young, Esq., Hon. Sec., Fair View, Milton Road, Kirkealdy. N.B. Kitchin, F. L., Esq., M.A., Ph.D., F.G.S., Geol. Survey of England, 28, Jermyn Street. S.W. Lake, P., Esq., M.A., F.G.S., St. John’s College, Cambridge. Lancaster Public Library, Lancaster. Lankester, Prof. E. Ray, M.A., LL.D., F.R.S., British Museum (Nat. Hist.), South Ken- sington. S.W. Lapworth, Prof. Charles, LL.D., F.R.S., Vice-President, University of Birmingham. Laurie, Malcolm, Hsq., M.A., D.Se., Local Secretary, Clunaline, Lenzie, Dumbartonshire. Lausanne (Switzerland), Musée Géologique. Leeds Philosophical and Literary Society, Leeds. Leeds Public Library, Leeds. Leek, Staffordshire, Nicholson Institute. Leicester Town Museum, Leicester. Leighton, T., Esq., F.G.S., 16, New Street Square, Fleet Street. H.C. Leipzig (Germany), University Library. Le Soudier, H., 175, Boulevard St. Germain, Paris. Leyton Public Library, Leyton. N.E. Liége (Belgium), University Library. Lister, Arthur, Esq., F.R.S., Highcliff, Lyme Regis, Dorset. Liveing, Professor G. D., M.A., F.R.S., Cambridge. Liverpool, Athenzeum Library. Liverpool, Free Public Library. Liverpool, Geological Society of. Liverpool, Royal Institution. 15 Lomas, Joseph, Esq., F.G.S., Local Secretary, 13, Moss Grove, Birkenhead. London, Board of Education, Science Library, South Kensington. S.W. London, British Museum, Bloomsbury. W.C. London, British Museum (Nat. Hist.), Cromwell Road. S.W. London, Clothworkers’ Company, Mincing Lane. H.C. London, Corporation of, Library Committee of, Guildhall. .C. London, Geological Society, Burlington House. W. London, Geologists’ Association, University College. W.C. London Institution, Finsbury Cireus. H.C, London, Linnean Society, Burlington House, Piccadilly. W. London, Museum of Practical Geology, Jermyn Street. S.W. London, Royal College of Surgeons, Lincoln’s Inn Fields. W.C. London, Royal Institution of Great Britain, Albemarle Street. W. London, Royal Society of, Burlington House. W. London, St. George, Hanover Square, Public Library, Buckingham Palace Road. S.W. London, St. Martin’s-in-the-Fields Public Library, 115, St. Martin’s Lane. W.C. London, University College, Gower Street. W.C. London, Zoological Society, 3, Hanover Square. W. Loughborough Free Public Library, Loughborough. Lyons (France), Palais des Arts. Mackenzie, G. W., Esq., 13, William Street, Lowndes Square. S.W. Maclehose, James, and Sons, 61, St. Vincent Street, Glasgow. McNeill, Bedford, Iisq., F.G.S., 29, North Villas, Camden Square. N.W. McPherson, William, Esq., F.G.S., 3, Manilla Road, Clifton, Bristol. Madras Government Museum, per Messrs. Baker and Co., 6, Bond Court, Walbrook. Maidstone Museum, per Brenchley Trustees, Maidstone. Major, Charles H., Esq., Cromwell House, Croydon. Malton Field Naturalists’ and Scientific Society, Malton, Yorkshire. Manchester Free Library. Manchester, Geological Society of, 5, John Dalton Street, Manchester. Manchester Literary and Philosophical Society, 16, George Street, Manchester. Marburg (Germany), University of. Marr, J. ., Esq., M.A., F.R.S., St. John’s College, Cambridge. Melbourne Public Library. Mennell, H. T., Msq., F.L.8., The Red House, Croydon. Middlesbrough Free Library. Middleton I'ree Public Library, Middleton, near Manchester. College, Oxford. Mond, Robert, Esq., M.A., I'.R.S.E., F.G.S., 27, Berkeley Square. W. Munich (Germany), Alte Akademie, Geologisches Museum. Munich Royal Library. Nantwich Public Library. New South Wales, Royal Society of, Sydney. New York (U.S.A.) Public Library. .C. Mitchinson, Rt. Rev. J., D.C.L., D.D., Canon of Gloucester and Master of Pembroke 16 Neweastle-on-Tyne, Literary and Philosophical Society of, Westgate Street, Newcastle-on-Tyne. Newcastle-on-Tyne Public Library. Newport Iree Library, Newport, Monmouthshire. Newton, E. T., Esq., F.R.S., Museum of Practical Geology, Jermyn Street. S.W. Norfolk and Norwich Library, Norwich. Norman, Rev. Canon A. M., M.A., D.C.L., LL.D., F.R.S., The Red House, Berkhampstead. North Devon Athenzum, Barnstaple. North Staffordshire Field Club, Stone, Staffordshire. Northampton Natural History Society, Northampton. Norwich Free Library. Nottingham Free Library. Nutt, D., Esg., 57, Long Acre. W.C. Oldham Free Public Library. Oliver and Boyd, Messrs., Edinburgh. Oswestry Free Public Library. Oxford, Bodleian Library. Oxford, Radcliffe Library. Paisley Philosophical Institution. Paris, Ecole des Mines. Paris, Geological Society of France, 7, Rue des Grands Augustins. Paris, Muséum d’Histoire Naturelle. Paris, Sorbonne Laboratoire de Géologie. Parkinson, J., Esq., '.G.S., 15, Downing Grove, Cambridge. Paul, John D., Esq., F.G.S., Town End Close, Knighton, Leicester. Peabody Institute, Salem, Mass., U.S.A. Peek, Sir Wilfrid, Bart , Rousdon, Lyme Regis, Dorset. Penton, Edw., Esq., F.G.S., 1, Mortimer Street. W. Penzance, Royal Geological Society of Cornwall. Peterborough Natural History, Scientific, and Archeological Society. Philadelphia (U.S.A.), Academy of Natural Sciences. Plymouth Free Library. Plymouth Institution, Library of, Athenzum, Plymouth. Pontypridd Free Library. Poole Free Library. Poplar Public Library, 126, High Street, Poplar. E. Portal, Wyndham §., Hsq., Malshanger House, Basingstoke. Portis, Dr. A., Professor of Geology, The University, Rome. Portsmouth Free Public Library. Postlethwaite, J., Hsq., f.G.S., Keswick. Power, Edward, Hsq., F.G.S., 16, Southwell Gardens, Soath Kensington. S.W . Power, Edward Jolin, Esq., F.G.S., 8, Gledhow Gardens, South Kensington. S.W. Prague (Bohemia), Royal Geological Institution of the German Carl Ferdinand University. Preston Free Library. Preston, Henry, Esq., '.G.S., Hawthornden Villa, Grantham, Price, F. G. H., Esq., F.G.S., 17, Collingham Gardens, South Kensington. S.W. 17 Pruen, J. A., Esq., M.A., F.R.G.S., Romsdal, Guildford. Fryor, M. R., Eisq., Weston Manor, Stevenage, Herts. Queensland Museum, Brisbane. Reading Public Library and Museum, W. H. Greenhough, Librarian, Reading. Reed, F. R. Cowper, Esq., M.A., F.G.S., The Limes, Oxford Road, Huntingdon Road, Cambridge. Reid, Clement, Esq., F.R.S., 36, Sarre Road, West Hampstead. N.W. Rennes (France), University Library. Reynolds, Prof. S. H., M.A., F.G.S., University College, Bristol. Richmond Public Library, Richmond, Surrey. Ripon, Marquis of, 9, Chelsea Embankment. S.W. Roberts, Isaac, Esq., D.Sc., F.R.S., Starfield, Crowborough, Sussex. Robertson, G., and Co., 17, Warwick Square, Paternoster Row. I.C. Rochdale Free Public Library. Roscoe, Philip, Esq., 28, Denning Road, Hampstead. N.W. Rowe, A. W., Esq., M.S., M.B., F.G.S., 1, Cecil Street, Margate. Rudler, F. W., Esq., F.G.S., Museum of Practical Geology, Jermyn Street. S.W. Rugby Public Library. Rugby School Natural History Society. St. Albans Public Library. St. Andrews University Library. St. Helens Free Public Library, The Gamble Institute, St. Helens. Salford Borough Royal Museum and Library, Peel Park, Manchester. Salisbury Free Library. Sampson Low and Co., Messrs., St. Dunstan’s House, Fleet Street. E.C. Saunders, James Ebenezer, Esq., F.L.5., F.G.S., 4, Coleman Street. E.C. Scarborough Philosophical Society. Scott, D. H., Esq., M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S., Old Palace, Richmond, Surrey. Seguenza, Prof., Messina. Semple, Dr. Andrew, F.R.S.E., Caledonian United Service Club, Edinburgh. Sheffield Free Public Library. Sheffield, Literary and Philosophical Society of, Sheffield, Weston Park Public Museum. Sherborne, King’s School, Library of. Shrewsbury Free Library. Simpkin, Marshall, and Co., Messrs., Stationers’? Hall Court. E.C. Simpson, Rev, A., B.A., B.Se., F.G.S., 28, Myrtle Park, Crosshill, Glasgow. Sladen, Mrs. W. Percy, Northbrook Park, Exeter. Smith, Mrs. Emma, Hencotes House, Hexham. Sollas, Professor W. J., D.Se., F.R.S., Local Secretary, 173, Woodstock Road, Oxford. Somersetshire Archeological and Natural History Society, Museum, Taunton. South Shields Free Public Library. Southport Free Library. 18 Spence, Howard, Esq., Audley House, Broad Road, Sale, Cheshire. Spicer, Henry, Esq., jun., F.G.S., F.L.8., 14, Aberdeen Park, Highbury. N. Stanley, W. I"., Esq., F.G.S., Cumberlow, South Norwood. S8.E. Stebbing, W. P. D., Esq., F.GS., 169, Gloucester Terrace, Hyde Park, W. Stirrup, Mark, Hsq., F.G.S., High Thorn, Stamford Road, Bowdon, Cheshire. Stockholm, Royal Swedish Academy of Sciences. Stoke Newington Public Library, Church Street, Stoke Newington. N. Stoke-upon-Trent Free Library, Stoke-upon-Trent. Stonyhurst College, Blackburn, Strahan, A., Esq., M.A., F.G.S., Geological Survey Office, 28, Jermyn Street. S.W. Strangways, C. Fox, Esq., F.G.S., 28, Jermyn Street. S.W. Strickland, Sir C. W., Bart., Hildeney, Malton. Sunderland Corporation Museum, Sunderland Subscription Library, Fawcett Street, Sunderland. Swansea Public Library. Swansea, Royal Institution of South Wales. Sydney, New South Wales, University of. Tasmania, Royal Society of. Toronto University. Torquay Natural History Society, Museum, Babbacombe Road, Torquay. Toulouse University Library. Traquair, R. H., Esq., M.D., LL.D., F.R.S., Museum of Science and Art, Edinburgh. Truro, Royal Institution of Cornwall. Tubingen (Germany) University Library. Upsala (Sweden) University Library. Upton, C., Esq., Tower House, Stroud, Gloucestershire. Vassal, H., Esq., M.A., F.G.S., Repton School, Burton-on-Trent. Vicary, William, Hsq., F.G.S., The Priory, Colleton Crescent, Exeter. Walker, B. E., Esq., Canadian Bank of Commerce, Toronto, Canada. Walker, Rev. I’. A., Dues Mallard, Cricklewood. N.W. Wandsworth Public Library, West Hill, Wandsworth. 8.W. Ward, Henry, Esq., F.G.S., Rodbaston, Penkridge, Staffordshire. Wardle, Sir Thomas, F.G.S., St. Edward Street, Leek. Warren, S. Hazzledine, Esq., I'.G.S., 9, Cambridge Gate, Regent’s Park. N.W. Warrington Museum and Library. Watson, Rev. R. Boog, B.A., I. R.S.E., 11, Strathearn Place, Edinburgh. Watts, Professor W. W., M.A., I*.G.S., Holmwood, Bracebridge Road, Four Oaks, Sutton Coldfield. Weg, Max, 1, Leplaystrasse, Leipzig, Germany. Welter, H., 59, Rue Bonaparte, Paris. Wesley and Son, 28, Essex Street, Strand. W.C. 19 West Ham Public Library. KE. West Hartiepool Public Library. Westminster Public Library, Great Smith Street. S.W. Whidborne, Rev. G. F., M.A., F.G.S., Vice-President, The Priory, Westbury-on-Trym, near Bristol. Whitby Literary and Philosophical Society, Museum, Whitby. Whitechapel Free Public Library, 77, High Street, Whitechapel. IE. Wiltshire Archzological and Natural History Society, H. EH. Medlicott, Esq., Hon. Sec., Sandfield, Potterne, Devizes. Winchester College Natural History Society, Winchester. Winwood, Rev. Henry H., M.A., F.G.S., Local Secretary, 11, Cavendish Crescent, Bath. Wolley-Dod, Rev. Charles, Edge Hall, Malpas, Cheshire. Wolverhampton Free Library. Wood Green Public Library, Wood Green. Wood, J. G., Esq., M.A., LL.B., F.G.S., 115, Sutherland Avenue. W. Woods, H., Hsq., M.A., F.G.8S., Local Secretary, St. John’s College, Cambridge. Woodward, A. Smith, Esq., LL.D., F.R.S., Secretary, British Museum (Nat. Hist.), South Kensington. S.W. Woodward, Henry, Isq., LL.D., F.R.S., President, British Muscum (Nat. Hist). 8.W. Worcester Public Library and Hastings Muscum, Worcester. Workington Public Library, Workington, Cumberland, Wright, Joseph, Esq., F.G.S., 4, Alfred Street, Belfast. Wiirzburg (Germany) University Library. Yorkshire College of Science, Leeds. Yerkshire Philosophical Society, Museum, York. Yule, Miss A. F., Tarradale House, by Muir-of-Ord, Ross-shire. N.B. i) = CATALOGUE OF THE CONTENTS OF THE ANNUAL VOLUMES ALREADY PUBLISHED BY THE PALZONTOGRAPHICAL SOCIETY. Vol. I. Issued for the Year 1847 The Crag Mollusca, Part I, Univalves, by Mr. S. V. Wood (pp. i—xii, 1—208, pls. i—xxi, and title-page). The Reptilia of the London Clay, Vol. I, Part I, Chelonia, &»., by Profs. Owen and Bell (pp. 1-—76, pls. i—xxviii, viii A, XA, XilliA, XViA, Xvili A, Xix*, xix B, sg JUL 55 1848 XIX ©, XIX D). The Eocene Mollusca, Part I, Cephalopoda, by Mr. F. E. Edwards (pp. 1—86, pls. i—ix). The Entomostraca of the Cretaceous Formations, by Mr. T. R. Jones (pp. 1—40, pls. i—vii). The Permian Fossils, by Prof. Wm. King (pp. i—xxxvili, 1—258, pls. i—xxvili*). Py aol Se % 1849 ; The Reptilia of the London Clay, Vol. I, Part II, Crocodilia and Ophidia, &c., by Prof. Owen (pp. 1—68, pls. xxix, i—xvi, 11 A). The Fossil Corals, Part I, Crag, London Clay, Cretaceous, by Messrs. Milne Edwards and Jules Haime (pp. “{—Ixxxv, 1—72, pls. i—x1). The Crag Mollusca, Part II, No. 1, by Mr. S. V. Wood (pp 1—150, pls. i—xii). The Mollusca of tke Great Oolite, Part I, Univalves, by Messrs. Morris and Lycett apne TINE 55 1850 (pp. i—vili, 1—130, pls. i—xv). The Fossil Brachiopoda, ‘Voll I, Part IIT; No. 1, Oolitic and Liassic, by Mr. Davidson (pp. 1—64, pls. i—xili). Tue Reptilia of the Cretaceous Formations, by Prof. Owen (pp 1—118, pls. i—xxxvii, Vil A, 1X A). ee é 1851+ The Fossil Corals, Part II, Oolitic, by Messrs. Milne Edwards and Jules Haime | (pp. 73—146, pls. x1i—xxx). The Fossil Lepadide, by Mr. Charles Darwin (pp. i—vi, 1—88, pls. i—v). The Fossil Corals, Part III, Permian and Mountain-limestone, by Messrs. Milne Edwards and Jules Haime (pp. 147—210, pls. xxxi—xlvi). The Fossil Brachiopoda, Vol.I, Part I, Tertiary, by Mv. Davidson (pp. 1—23, pls. i, ii). The Fossil Brachiopoda, Vol. I, Part II, No. 1, Cretaceous, by Mr. Davidson (pp. 1—54, pls. i—v). Wale 18524 The Fossil Brachiopoda, Vol. I, Part III, No. 2, Oolitic, by Mr. Davidson (pp. 65—100, pls. xiv—xvill). The Eocene Mollusca, Part II, Pulmonata, by Mr. F. BE. Edwards (pp. 57—122, pls. X—XV). The Echinoderms of the Crag, London Clay, &c., by Prof. E. Forbes (pp. i—viii, 1—36, pls. i—iv, and title-page). The Fossil Corals, Part IV, Devonian, by Messrs. Milne Edwards and Jules Haime (pp. 211—244, pls. xlvii—lvi). The Fossil Brachiopoda, Introduction to Vol. I, by Mr. Davidson (pp. 1—136, pls. i—ix). The Mollusca of the Chalk, Part I, Cephalopoda, by Mx. D. Sharpe (pp. 1— 26, pls. i—x). Vi 185 The Mollusca of the Great Oolite, Part Il, Bivalves, by Messrs. Morris and Lycett ; ” 208 (pp. 1—80, pls. i—viii). The Mollusca of the Crag, Part II, No. 2, Bivalves, by Mx. S. V. Wood (pp. 151—216, pls. xili—xx). The Reptilia of the Wealden Formations, Part I, Chelonia, by Prof. Owen (pp. 1—12, pls. i—1x), ' The Volume for the year 1849 consists of two separate portions, each of which is stitched in a paper cover, on which are printed the dates 1848, 1849, and 1850. ‘The one portion contains ‘ Cretaceous Entomostraca’ and ‘ Permian Fossils ;’ the other ‘London Clay Reptilia,’ Part II, and ‘ Fossil Corals,’ Part I. Mole VLE. 5 2 HUr Issued for the Year 1854 CATALOGUE OF VOLUMES—Continued. The Fossil Brachiopoda, Vol. I, Part II, No. 2, Cretaceous (pp. 55—117, pls. vi—xii), with Appendix and Index to Vol. I, by Mr. Davidson (pp, 1—30, pl. A). The Reptilia of the Wealden Formations, Part II, Dinosauria, by Prof. Owen (pp 1 —54, ls. 1—xix, XVI A). The Mollusea of the Great Oolite, Part III, Bivalves, by Messrs. Morris and Lycett (pp. 81—147, pls. ix—xv). The Fossil Corals, Part V, Silurian, by Messrs. Milne Edwards and Jules Haime (pp. 245—322, pls. lvii—lxxii). The Fossil Balanide and Verrucide, by Mr. Charles Darwin (pp. 1—44, pls. i, ii). The Mollusca of the Chalk, Part II, Cephalopoda, by Mr. D. Sharpe (pp. 27—36, pls. Xx1—Xvl). The Eocene Mollusca, Part III, No. 1, Prosobranchiata, by Mr. F. E. Edwards (pp. 123—180, pls. xvi—xxili). The Mollusca of the Crag, Part II, No. 3, Bivalves, by Mr. 8. V. Wood (pp. 217—342, pls. xxi—xxx1). The Reptilia of the Wealden Formations, Part III, by Prof. Owen (pp. 1—26, pls. i—xii). The Eocene Mollusca, Part IUI, No. 2, Prosobranchiata, continued, by Mr. F. E. Edwards (pp. 181—240, pls. XX1V—XxXYVll). The Mollusca of the Chalk, Part III, Cephalopoda, by Mr. D. Sharpe (pp. 37—68, pls. XVil—XXvl). The Tertiary Entomostraca, by Mr. T. R. Jones (pp. i—xii, 1—68, pls. i—vi). The Fossil Hchinodermata, Oolitic, Vol. I, Part I, by Dr. Wright (pp. v—x, 1—154, pls. i—x). 1855 | The Fossil Echinodermata, Oolitic, Vol. I, Part I, by Dr. Wright (pp. 155—302, pls. x1 —K Xl), The Fossil Crustacea, Part I, London Clay, by Prof. Bell (pp. i—viii, 1—44, pls. i—xi). The Fossil Brachiopoda, Vol. II, Part IV, Permian, by Mr. Davidson (pp. 1—51, pls. 1—iv). 18564 The Fossil Brachiopoda, Vol. II, Part V, No. 1, Carboniferous, by My. Davidson (pp. 1—48, pls. i—viil). The Reptilia of the Wealden Formations, by Prof. Owen, Part IV (pp. 8—26, pls. iv—xi), and Supplement No. 1 (pp. 1—7, pls. i—iti). The Reptilia of the London Clay, Vol. I (Supplement), by Prof. Owen (pp. 77—79. pls. xxviil A, xxviii B). The Fossil Echinodermata, Oolitic, Vol. I, Part III, by Dr. Wright (pp. 3083—390, pls. xxili—xxxvl). The Fossil Brachiopoda, Vol. II, Part V, No. 2, Carboniferous, by Mr. Davidson (pp. 49—80. pls. 1x—xvi). The Reptilia of the Cretaceous Formations (Supplement No. 1), by Prof. Owen (pp. 1—19, pls. i—iv). The Reptilia of the Wealden Formations (Supplement No. 2), by Prof. Owen (pp. 20—44, ls. v—xil.) p The Polyzoa of the Crag, by Prof. Busk (pp. i—xiv, 1—136, pls. i—xxii). The Fossil Echinodermata, Oolitic, Vol. I, Part IV, by Dr. Wright (pp. 391—168, pls. XXxVvU—xliil). The Kocene Mollusea, Part III, No. 3, Prosobranchiata continued, by Mr. F, E. Edwards (pp. 241—330, pls. xxvili—xxxiii). The Reptilia of the Cretaceous Formations (Supplements No. 2, No. 3), by Prof. Owen (pp. 27—30, pl. vii, pp. 1—25, pls. i—vi). The Reptilia of the Purbeck Limestones, by Prof. Owen (pp. 31—39, pl. viii). The Fossil Brachiopoda, Vol. II, Part V, No. 3, Carboniferous by Mr. Davidson (pp. 81—120, pls. xvii—xxvi. 1858 The Fossil Brachiopoda, Part V, No. 4, Carboniferous, by Mr. Davidson (pp. 121—210, pls. xxvii—xlvii). The Reptilia of the Oolitic Formations, No. 1, Lower Lias, by Prof. Owen (pp. 1—14, pls. i—vi). The Reptilia of the Kimmeridge Clay, No. 1, by Prof. Owen (pp. 15, 16, pl. vii). The Eocene Mollusca, Part IV, No. 1, Bivalves, by My. 8. V. Wood (pp. 1—74, pls. i—xill). 1859 1 This Volume is marked on the outside 1855. 2 This Volume is marked on the outside 1856. 22 CATALOGUE OF VOLUMES—Continued. The Fossil Brachiopoda, Vol, II, Part V, No. 5, Carboniferous, by Mr. Davidson (pp. 211—280, pls. xlviii—lv). The Reptilia of the Oolitic Formations, No. 2, Lower Lias, by Prof. Owen (pp. 1—26, pls. i—xi). The Reptilia of the Kimmeridge Clay, No. 2, by Prof. Owen (pp. 27, 28, pl. xii). The Fossil Estherie, by Prof. ‘Rupert Jones (pp. i—x, 1—134, pls. i—v). The Fossil Crustacea, Part II, Gault and Greensand, by Prof. Bell (pp. i—vil, 1—40, pls. i—xi). The Fossil Echinodermata, Oolitic, Vol. II, Part I (Asteroidea), by Dr. Wright (pp. 1—180, pls. i—x, x A, xi, xii). _ Supplement to ie Great Oolite Mollusea, by Dr. Lycett (pp. 1—129, pls. xxxi—xlv). The Fossil Echinodermata, Cretaceous, Vol. I, Part I, by Dr. Wright (pp. 1—64, pls. Wolk 00% Issued for the Year 1860 SN or Leo The Trilobites of the Sinan ie reniant &e., Formations, Part I (Devonian and Silurian), by Mr. J. W. Salter (pp. 1—80, pls. i—vi). The Fossil Brachiopoda, Vol. III, Part VI, No. 1. Devonian, by Mr. Davidson (pp. 1— 56, pls. i—1x). The Hocene Molluscs, Part IV, No. 2, Bivalves, by Mr. S. V. Wood (pp. 75—136, pls. X1V—XX). The Reptilia of the Cretaceous and Wealden Formations (Supplement, No. 4), by Prof. Owen (pp. 1—18, pls. i—ix). The Trilobites of the Silurian, Devonian, &c., Formations, Part II, by Mr. J. W. Salter (pp. 81—128, pls. vii—xiv). The Fossil Brachiopoda, Vol. III, Part VI, No. 2, Devonian, by Mr. Davidson (pp. 57—181, pls. x—xx). The Belemnitide, Part I, Introduction, by Prof. Phillips (pp. 1—28). The Reptilia of the Liassic Formations, Part I, by Prof. Owen (pp. 1—40, pls. i—xvi). Sele S62 save ile » 1863 Wright (131—154, pls. xiii—xviii). The Trilobites of the Silurian, Devonian, &c., Formations, Part III, by Mr. J. W. Salter (pp. 129—176, pls. XV—Xxv). The Belemnitide, Part II, Liassic Belemnites, by Prof. Phillips (pp. 29 — 52, pls. i—vii). The Pleistocene Mammalia, Part I, Introduction, Felis spelea, by Messrs. W. Boyd Dawkins and W. A. Sanford (p pp. i—l, 1—28, pls. i—v). Title-pages, &e , to the Monographs on the Reptilia of the London Clay, Cretaceous, and Wealden Formations. The Crag Foraminifera, Part 1, by Messrs. T. Rupert Jones, W. K. Parker, and it. B. Brady (pp. i—vi, 1—72, pls. i—iv). Supplement to the Fossil Corals, Part I, Tertiary, by Dr. Duncan (pp. i—iii, 1—66, pls. i—x). The Fosdil Merostomata, Part I, Pterygotus, by Mr. H. Woodward (pp. 1— 44, pls. i—ix). The Fossil Brachiopoda, Vol. III, Part VII, No. 1, Silurian, by Mr. Davidson (pp. 1—88, pls. i—xil). 5 Se IIUE » 1864 xaoxe! ,, 1865 Supplement to the Fossil Corals, Part IV, No. 1, Liassic, by Dr. Duncan (pp. i—iii, 1—44, pls. 1—xi). The Trilobites bf the Silurian, Devonian, &c., Formations, Part IV (Silurian), by Mr. J. W. Salter (pp. 177—214, pls. xXV#— xxx). The Fossil Brachiopoda, Vol. III, Part VII, No. 2, Silurian, by Mr. Davidson (pp. 89—168, pls. xiii—xxii). The Belemnitide, Part III, Liassic Belemnites, by Prof. Phillips (pp. 53—88, pls. Vill— xX). fy DOK » 1866 - Flora of the Carboniferous Strata, Part I, by Mr. E. W. Binney (pp. 1—82, pls. i—vi). Supplement to the Fossil Corals, Part IV, No. 2, Liassic, by Dr. Duncan (pp. 45—73, pls. xii—xvil). The Fossil Echinodermata, Cretaceous, Vol. I, Part II, by Dr. Wright (pp. 65—112, I ). The Fishes of the Old Red Sandstone, Part I, by Messrs. J. Powrie and EH. Ray Lankester (pp. 1—32, pls. i—v). The Pleistocene Mammalia, Part II, Felis spelwa, continued, by Messrs. W. Boyd Dawkins and W. A. Saniord (pp. 29—124, pls. vi—xix). : Fossil Echinodermata, Oolitic, Vol. If, Part II (Liassie Ophiuroidea), by Dr. Pe O.4 8. , 1867 | These Volumes are issued in two forms of binding: first, with all the Monographs stitched together and enclosed in one cover; secondly, with each of the Monographs separate, and the whole of the separate parts placed in an envelope. The previous Volumes are not in separate parts. 23 CATALOGUE OF VOLUMES—Continued. Supplement to the Fossil Corals, Part I, No. 1, Cretaceous, by Dr. Duncan (pp. 1— 26, The Fossil Merostomata, Part I, Pterygotus, by Mr. H. Woodward (pp. 45—70, pls. ). The Fossil Brachiopoda, Vol. III, Part VII, No. 3, Silurian, by Mr. 89—108, pls. xxi—xxvil). The Reptilia of the Kimmeridge Clay, No. 3, by Prof. Owen (pp. 1—12, pls. fa) The Pleistocene Mammalia, Part III, Felis spelea, concluded, with Davidson (pp. , by, Messrs. W. Boyd Dawkins and W. A. Sanford (pp. 125—176, pls. xx—xxil, XXil A, XXli B, XX111), pls. x—xv). pls. XXl1—xXIX, XXIX A, XXiX B). > JSON! “h pls. xxvili—xxxvi). H. Ray Lankester (pp. 33—62, pls. vi—xiv). XVl1— Xx). | The Crag Cetacea, No. 1, by Prof. Owen (pp. 1—40, pls. i—v). Supplement to the Fossil Corals, Part II, No. 2, Cretaceous, by Dr. Dunean (pp. 27—46 The Poel Echinodermata, Cretaceous, Vol. I, Part III, by Dr. Wright (pp. 113—136, The Belemnitide, Part V, Oxford Clay, &c., Belemnites, by Prof. Phillips (pp. 109—128, The Fishes of the Old Red Sandstone, Part I (concluded), by Messrs. J. Powrie and The Reptilia of the Liassic Formations, Part II, by Prof. Owen (pp. 41—82, pls. The Flora of the Carboniferous Strata, Part II, by Mr. E. W. Binney (33—62, pls. vli—X1l). The Fossil Kchinodermata, Cretaceous, Vol. I, Part IV, by Dr. Wright (pp. 137—160, pls. xxx—xxxix). 1 r aS XXIV. ” 1870 249—397, pls. Xxxvili—l). The Fossil Brachiopoda, Vol. III, Part VII, No. 4, Silurian, by Mr. Davidson (pp. The Eocene Mollusca, Part IV, No. 3, Bivalves, by Mx. S$. V. Wood (pp. 137—182, pls. XXI—XXV ). The Fossil Mammalia of the Mesozoic Formations, by Prof. Owen (pp. i—vi, 1—115, pls. i—iv). - The Flora of the Carboniferous Strata, Part III, by Mr. E. W. Binney (pp. 63—96, pls. Xlii—xvlll). The Fossil Merostomata, Part III, Pterygotus and Slimonia, by Mr. H. Woodward (pp. 71—120, pls. xvi—xx). Supplement to the Crag Mollusca, Part I (Univalves), by Mr. S. V. Wood, with an Introduction on the Crag District, by Messrs. 8. V. Wood, jun., and F. W. Harmer (pp. i—xxxi, 1— 98, pls. i—vu, and map). (pp. 1—15, pls. i—iii). pls. i—ix). Gy Vol. XXII.) Issued for the 169—248, pls. xxiii—xxxvil). Year i863) The Belemnitide, Part IV, Liassic and Oolitic Belemnites, by Prof. Phillips (pp. J The Pleistocene Mammalia, Part IV, Felis pardus, &c., by Messrs. W. Boyd Dawkins and W. A. Sanford (pp. 177=-194, pls. xxiv, xxv). The Pleistocene Mammalia, Part V, Ovibos moschatus, by Mr. W. Boyd Dawkins DONE! ny ‘ltt hee to the Reptilia of the Wealden (Iguanodon), No. IV, by Prof. Owen (pp. 1—30, pls. i—v). Supplement to the Fossil Corals, Part III (Oolitic), by Prof. Duncan (pp. 1—24, pls. i—vii), with an Index to the Tertiary and Secondary Species. The Fossil Echinodermata, Cretaceous, Vol. I, Part V, by Dr. Wright (pp. 161—184, The ieee Merostomata, Part IV (Stylonurus, Eurypterus, Hemiaspis), by Mr. 4) REOOE Ja pls. xl—xliv). Woodward (pp. 121—180, pls. xxi—xxx). The Fossil Trigoniz, No. I, by Dr. Lycett (pp. 1—52, pls. 1—ix). Jel 1 These Volumes are issued in two forms of binding: first, with all the Monographs stitched together and enclosed in one cover; secondly, with each of the Monographs separate, and the whole of the separate parts placed in an envelope. Vol. XXVII.! oy OO ay OMI 3p 280: 50.6.0i8 Tssued for the Year 1873 ” ” 1874 1876 1877 1878 24. CATALOGUE OF VOLUMES—Continued. | : | The Fossil Echinodermata, Cretaceous, Vol. I, Part VI, by Dr. Wright (pp. 185—224, pls. xlv—ln). Supplement to the Fossil Brachiopoda, Vol. IV, Part I (Tertiary and Cretaceous), by Davidson (pp. 1—72, pls. i—viii). Seten to the Crag Mollusca, Part II (Bivalves), by Mr. 8. V. Wood (pp. 99—281, pls. vili—x1, and add. plate). Sapplenen to the Reptilia of the Wealden (Iguanodon), No. V, by Prof. Owen (pp. 1—18, pls. i, 11). Guage to the Reptilia of the Wealden (Hyleochampsa), No. VI, by Prof. Owen (pp. 1—7). The Bese” Reptilia of the Mesozoic Formations, Part I, by Prof. Owen (pp. 1—14, pls. i, 11). The Post-Tertiary Entomostraca, by Mr. G. 8. Brady, Rev. H. W. Crosskey, and Mr, D. Robertson (pp. i—yv, 1—232, ae i—-xvl). The Carboniferous Entomostraca, Part I (Cypridinide), by Prof. T. Rupert Jones and Messrs. J. W. Kirkby and G. S. Brady (pp. 1—96, pls. i—yv). The Fossil Trigoniz, No. II, by Dr. Lycett (pp. 53—92, pls. x—xix). The Flora of the Carboniferous Strata, Part LV, by Mr. E. W. Binney (pp. 97—147, pls. xix—xxiv). The Fossil Hehinodermata, Cretaceous, Vol. I, Part VII, by Dr. Wright (pp. 225—264, pls. liti—1xii). The Fossil Trigoniw, No. III, by Dr. Lycett (pp. 93— 148, pls. xx—xxvii). The Fossil Reptilia of the Mesozoic Formations, Part II, by Prof. Owen (pp. 15—94, pls. 111—xxil). The Carboniferous and Permian Foraminifera (the genus Fusulina excepted), by Mr. H. B. Brady (pp. 1—166, pls. i—xii). Snbpemer to aS Fossil Brachiopoda, Vol. IV, Part II, No. 1 (Jurassic and Triassic), y Mr. Davidson (pp. 73—144, pls. ix—xvi). Supplement to the Reptilia of the Wealden (Poikilopleuron and Chondrosteosaurus), o. VII, by Prof. Owen (pp. 1—7, pls. i—vi). Supplement to the Eocene Mollusca (Bivalves), by Mr. 8. V. Wood, 2 plates. The Fossil Trigoniw, No. IV, by Dr. Lycett (pp. 149—204, pls. xxviii—xl), The Eocene Mollusca (Univalves), Part IV, by Mr. 8. V. Wood (pp. 8331—861, pl. xxxiv). The Carboniferous Ganoid Fishes, Part I (Paleoniscide), by Dr. Traquair (pp. 1—60, pls. i—vil). The Fossil Reptilia of the Mesozoic Formations, Part III, by Prof. Owen (pp. 95—97, pls. xxiil, xxiv). The Fossil Hlephants (E. antiquus), Part I, by Prof. Leith Adams (pp. 1—68, pls. i—v). The Fossil Echinodermata, Cretaceous, Vol. I, Part VIII, by Dr. Wright (pp. 265—300, pls. lxii A, [xii—] xix). Index Aen Title Page to the Fossil Echinodermata, Oolitic, Vol. I (Hchinoidea), by Dr. Wright (pp. 469—481). The Fossil Merostomata, Part V (Neolimulus, &e.), by Dr. H. Woodward (pp. 181—268, pls. xxxi—xxxvi, and title-page). Supreme int to the Fossil Brachiopoda, Vol. LV, Part II, No. 2 (Jurassic and Triassic), y Mr. Davidson (pp. 145—242, pls. xvii—xxix). The eee pease pi Part I, by Dr. Wright (pp. 1—48, pls. i—viii). The Sirenoid and Crossopterygi: an G Ganoids, Part I, by Prof. Miall (pp. 1—32, pls.i, ia, ul—v). Supplement to the Reptilia of the Wealden (Goniopholis, Petrosuchus, and Sucho- saurus), No. VIII, by Prof. Owen (pp. 1—15, pls. i—vi). The Pleistocene M: ammalia, Part A (Preliminary Treatise), by Prof. Boyd Dawkins (pp. 1—xxxvill). 1 These Volumes are issued in two forms of binding: first, with all the Monographs stitched together and enclosed in one cover; secondly, with each of the Monographs separate, and the whole of the separate parts placed in an envelope. CATALOGUE OF VOLUMES—Continued. The motes ders Vol. I, Part I, by Mr. J. 8. Gardner and Baron Ettingshausen (pp. — 38, pls. i—v). Second Supplement to the Crag Mollusca (Univalves and Bivalves), by Mr. 8S. V. Wood (pp. i, ii, 1—58, pls. i—vi, and title-page). The Fossil '‘frigoniw, No. V, by Dr. Lycett (pp. 205—245, pl. xli, and title-page). The Lias Ammonites, Part 11, by Dr. Wright (pp. 49—164, pls. ix—xviii). Supplement to the Reptilia of the Wealden (Gonivpholis, Brachydectes, Nannosuchus, Theriosuchus, and Nuthetes), No. [X, by Prof. Owen (pp. 1—19, pls. i—iv). The Fossil Elephants (EH. primigenius), Part Il, by Prof. Leith Adams (pp. 69—146, pls. vi—xv). The Eocene Flora, Vol. I, Part II, by Mr. J. 8. Gardner and Baron Ettingshausen (pp. 89—58, pls. vi—xi). The Fossil Echinodermata, Oolitic, Vol. II, Part III (Asteroidea and Ophiuroidea), by Dr. Wright (pp. 155—203, pls. xix—xxi, pp. i—iv, and title-page). Supplement to the Fossil Brachiopoda, Vol. LV, Part I1I (Permian and Carboniferous), by Mr. Davidson (pp. 243—316, pls. xxx—xxxvii). The Lias Ammonites, Part LII, by Dr. Wright (pp. 165—264, pls. xix—xl). The Reptilia of the London Clay, Vol. II, Part I (Chelone), by Prof. Owen (pp. 1—4, TONS ty 1h): Vol. XXXIII.! Issued for the Year 1879 4 SOA » 1880 pls. Ixx—lIxxv). Supplement to the Fossil Brachiopoda, Vol. IV, Part IV (Devonian and Silurian, from Budleigh-Salterton Pebble Bed), by Mr. Davidson (pp. 317—368, pls- XXXVlil—xlii), The Fossil Trigoni (Supplement No. 1), by Dr. Lycett (pp. 1—4). The Lias Ammonites, Part IV, by Dr. Wright (pp. 265—328, pls. xxii aA, xxilB, xli—xlviil). The Reptilia of the Liassic Formations, Part III, by Prof.Owen (pp. 83—1384, pls. XXi—xxxili, and title-page). The Fossil Elephants (EK. primigenius and E. meridionalis), Part III, by Prof. Leith Adams (pp. 147—265, pls. xvi—xxvui, and title-page). » XXXY.! » 1881 The Eocene Flora, Vol. I, Part II], by Mr. J. S. Gardner and Baron Ettingshausen (pp. 59—86, pls. xii, xili, and title-page). Third Supplement to the Crag Mollusea, by the late Mr. S. V. Wood (pp. 1—24, pl. i). The Fossil Echinodermata, Cret., Vol. I, Part X, by Dr. Wright (pp. 325—37]1, pls. Ixxvi—lxxx, and title-page). Supplement to the Fossil Brachiopoda, Vol. IV, Part V, by Dr. Davidson (pp. 369—383, and title-page). : Do., Vol. V, Part I (Devonian and Silurian), by Dr. Davidson (pp. 1—134, pls. i—vii). The Lias Ammonites, Part V, by Dr. Wright (pp. 329—400, pls. xlix—lu, lia, liii—lxix). mi LOO: my alistse The Eocene Flora, Vol. II, Part I, by Mv. J. S. Gardner (pp. 1—60, pls. i—ix). The Trilobites of the Silurian, Devonian, &c., Formations, Part V, by the late Mr. J. W. Salter (pp. 215—224, and title-page). The Carboniferous Trilobites, Part I, by Dr. H. Woodward (pp. 1—38, pls. i—vi). Supplement to the Fossil Brachiopoda, Vol. V, Part If (Silurian), by Dr. Davidson (pp. 185—242, pls. viii—xvii). The Fossil Trigoniw (Supplement No. 2), by the late Dr. Lycett (pp. 5—19, pls. i—iv. and title-page). The Lias Ammonites, Part VI, by Dr. Wright (pp. 401—440, pls. Ixx—lxxvil). The Eocene Flora, Vol. II, Part II, by Mr. J. S. Gardner (pp. 61—90, pls. x—xx). The Carboniferous Entomostraca, Part I, No. 2, by Prof. T. Rupert Jones, Mr. J. W. Kirkby, and Prof. G. S. Brady (pp. i—iii, 57—92, pls. vi, vii, and title-page). The Carboniferous Trilobites, Part II, by Dr. H. Woodward (pp. 39—86, pls. vii—x, and title-page). Supplement to the Fossil Brachiopoda, Vol. V, Part III, by Dr. Davidson (pp. 243—476, pls. xvili—xxi, and title-page). » The Lias Ammonites, Part VII, by Dr. Wright (pp. 441—480, pls. Ixxvili—lxxxvi). =, 2-0-0: 0 op dltstetbs The Fossil Echinodermata, Cretaceous, Vol. I, Part 1X, by Dr. Wright (pp. 301—324, LOO QUE » 1884 1 These Volumes are issued in two forms of binding: first, with all the Monographs stitched together and enclosed in one cover; secondly, with each of the Monographs separate, and the whole of the separate parts placed in an envelope. d 26 CATALOGUE OF VOLUMES—Continued. The Eocene Flora, Vol. II, Part III, by Mr. J. S. Gardner (pp. 91—159, pls. XX1— XxvU, and title-page). Vol. XX in The Stromatoporoids, Part I, by Prof. Alleyne Nicholson (pp. i—iii, 1—130, pls. i—xi). Oo}, XXXIX." Issued for the | phe Fossil Brachiopoda (Bibliography), Vol. VI (pp. 1—163), by the late Dr. " Davideon : and Mr. W. H. Dalton. The Lias Ammonites, Part VIII, by the late Dr. Wright (pp. 481—508, pl. Ixxxviii, and title-page). The Morphology and Histology of Stigmaria Ficoides, by Prof. W. C. Williamson (pp. i—iv, 1—62, pls. i—xv). XL. 1886 - The Fossil Sponges, Part I, by Dr. G. J. Hinde (pp. 1—92, pls. i—viii). zt ; 23 The Jurassic Gasteropoda, Part I, No. 1, by Mr. W. H. Hudleston (p pp. 1—56). The Inferior Oolite Ammonites, Part I, by Mr. S. 8. Buckman (pp. 1—24, pls. i—vi). The Pleistocene Mammalia, Part VI, by Prof. Boyd Dawkins (pp. 1—29, pls. i—vil). The Fossil Sponges, Part II, by Dr. G. J. Hinde (pp. 93—188, pl. ix). | The Paleozoic Phylopoda, Part I, by Prof. T. R. Jones and Dr. Woodward (pp. 1—72, pls. 1—xii). vy SIGHS , 18874 The Jurassic Gasteropoda, Part I, No. 2, by Mr. W. H. Hudleston (pp. 57—136, pls. i—vl). The Inferior Oolite Ammonites, Part II, by Mr. 8. S. Buckman (pp. 25—56, pls. Vll—xiv). The a rs ta Part II, by Prof. Alleyne Nicholson (pp. 181—158, pls. xii— xix) The Ter tiary Entomostraca (Supplement), by Prof. T. Rupert Jones and Mr. Cab: Sherborn (pp. 1—55, pls. i—iii). The Jurassic Gasteropoda, Part I, No. 3, by Mr. W. H. Hudleston (pp. 137—192, pls. vill—xi). 5 2G » 18884 The Inferior Oolite Ammonites, Part III, by Mr. 8. 8S. Buckman (pp. 57—144, pls. xv Xxill A). The Devonian Fauna of the South of England, Part I, by the Rev. G. F. Whidborne (pp. i, 11, 1—46, pls. i—iv). Title-pages and Prefaces to the Monographs on the Reptilia of the Wealden and Purbeck (Supplements), Kimmeridge Clay, and Mesozoic Formations, and on the Cetacea of the Red Crag. The Cretaceous Entomostraca (Supplement), by Prof. T. Rupert Jones and Dr. G. J. Hinde (pp. i—viti, 1—70, pls. i—iv). The Jurassic Gasteropoda, Part I, No. 4, by Mr. W. H. Hudleston (pp. 193 —224, pls. XLII: , 1889 - Sia at ites, Part IV : ; 2. ¢ 2 The Inferior Oolite Ammonites, Part IV, by Mr. 8. S. Buckman (pp. 145—224, pls. XXiV—XXXVI1). The Devonian Fauna of the South of England, Part II, by the Rev. G. F. Whidhborne (pp. 47—154, pls. v—viul, vill A, ix—xv). The Stromatoporoids, Part IIT, by Prof. Alleyne Nichoison (pp. 159—202, pls. xx—xxv). The Fossil Echinodermata, Cretaceous, Vol. II, Part I (Asteroidea), by Mr. W. Percy Sladen (pp. 1—28, pts. i—viii). 2 i : é 225 —256 : , XLIV. , 1890- The aldo? ule atom Part V, by Mr. 8. 8. Buckman (pp. 225—256, pls The Devonian Fauna of the South of England, Part III, by the Rev. G. F. Whidborne (pp. 155—250, pls. xvi—xxiv). Title-pages to the Supplement to the Fossil Corals, by Prof. Duncan. The Jurassic Gasteropoda, Part I, No. 5, by Mr. W. H. Hudleston (pp. 225—272, pls. XV1Ii—xx). | Inferior Oolite Ammonites, Part VI, by Mr. 8. S. Buckman (pp. 257—312, pls. va 1891 xlv—lyi). » LY. 2 ©“ The Devonian Fauna of the South of England, Part IV (Conclusion of Vol. I) (pp. 251—344, pls. xxv—xxxi, and title-page). Vol. II, Part I, by the Rev. G. F. Whidborne (pp. 1—56, pls. i —v). 39 39 1 These Volumes are issued in two forms of binding: first, with all the Monographs stitched together and enclosed in one cover; secondly, with each of the Monographs separate, and the whole of the separate parts placed in an envelope. CATALOGUE OF VOLUMES—Continued. The Stromatoporoids, Part IV (Conclusion), by Prof. Alleyne Nicholson (pp. 205— 234, pls. xxvi—xxix, and title-page). The Palewozoie Phyllopoda, Part II, by Prof. T. R. Jones and Dr. Woodward (pp. 73— 124, pls. x11i—xvii). The Jurassic Gasteropoda, Part I, No. 6, by Mr. W. H. Hudleston (pp. 273—3824, pls, XXI—XXV1), The Inferior Oolite Ammonites, Part VII, by Mr. 8. 8. Buckman (pp. 313—344, pls. lvii—lxxvi). The Devonian Fauna of the South of England, Vol. II, Part II, by the Rev. G. F. Whidborne (pp. 57—88, pls. vi—x). The Fossil Sponges, Part III, by Dr. G. J. Hinde (pp. 189—254, pls. x—xix). The Fossil Echinodermata, Cretaceous, Vol. II, Part II (Asteroidea), by Mr. W. Percy Sladen (pp. 29—66, pls. ix—xvi). The Inferior Oolite Ammonites, Part VIII, by Mr. 8. S. Buckman (pp. 345—376, pls. Ixxvii—xcll). The Devonian Fauna of the South of England, Vol. II, Part III, by the Rev. G. F. Whidborne (pp. 89—160, pls. xi—xvii). Vol. XLVI.' Issued for the Year 1892 | coy DLN » 1893 XXVil—XXXll). Carbonicola, Anthracomya, and Naiadites, Part I, by Dr. W. Hind (pp. 1—80, pls. 1—x1). ; The Inferior Oolite Ammonites, Part IX, by Mr. 8. 8. Buckman (pp. 377—456, pls. x¢lii—ciil). The Fishes of the Old Red Sandstone, Part II, No. 1, by Dr. R. H. Traquair (pp. 683— 90, pls. xv—xvili). so SAINI » 1894 - The Crag Foraminifera, Part II, by Prof. T. R. Jones (pp. 73—210, pls. v—vii). The Jurassic Gasteropoda, Part I, No. 8, by Mv. W. H. Hudleston (pp. 391—444, pls. XXX1ii—x]). sy LIDGE » 18954 Carbonicola, Anthracomya, and Naiadites, Part II, by Dr. W. Hind (pp. 81—170, pls. | The Jurassic Gasteropoda, Part I, No. 7, by Mr. W. H. Hudleston (pp. 325—290, pls. The Devonian Fauna of the South of England, Vol. II, Part IV, by the Rev. G. F. Whidborne (pp. 161—212, pls. xviii—xxiy). The Crag Foraminifera, Part III, by Prof. T. R. Jones (pp. 211—314). The Jurassic Gasteropoda, Part I, No. 9, by Mr. W. H. Hudleston (pp. 445—514, pls. xli—xliv, and title-page). Carbonicola, Anthracomya, and Naiadites, Part III, by Dr. W. Hind (pp. 171—182, » L. » 1896 - pl. xxi, and title-page). The Carboniferous Lamellibranchiata, Part I, by Dr. W. Hind (pp. 1—80, pls. i, ii). The Devonian Fauna of the South of England, Vol. III, Part 1, by the Rev. G. F. Whidborne (pp. 1—112, pls. i—xvi). The Crag Foraminifera, Part IV, by Prof. T. R. Jones (pp. vii—xv, 315—402, and title-page). | The Carboniferous Lamellibranchiata, Part II, by Dr. W. Hind (pp. 81—208, pls. iti 1 7 —xXv). » LI. ny A887 The Carboniferous Cephalopoda of Ireland, Part I, by Dr. A. H. Foord (pp. 1—22, pls. i—vii). | The Devonian Fauna of the South of England, Vol. III, Part II, by the Rev. G. F. Whidborne (pp. 113—178, pls. xvii—xxi). “The Palwozoie Phyllopoda, Part III, by Prof. T. R. Jones and Dr. Woodward (pp. 125 —176, pls. xviii—xxv). The Carboniferous Lamellibranchiata, Part III, by Dr. W. Hind (pp. 209—276, pls. XVI—XXvV). Lit. 1898 - The Inferior Oolite Ammonites, Part X, by Mr. S. 8S. Buckman (pp. i—xxxii, Suppl. pls. i—iv). The Carboniferous Cephalopoda of Ireland, Part II, by Dr. A. H. Foord (pp. 23—48, pls. viii—xvii). The Devonian Fauna of the South of England, Vol. III, Part III, by the Rev. G. F. Whidborne (pp. 179—236, pls. xxii—xxxviii). } These Volumes are issued in two forms of binding: first, with all the Monographs stitched together and enclosed in one cover ; secondly, with each of the Monographs separate, and the whole of the separate parts placed in an envelope. 28 CATALOGUE OF VOLUMES—Continued. The Paleozoic Phyllopoda, Part IV, by Prof. T. R. Jones and Dr. Woodward ane pp. ee Doe 177—211, pls. xxvi—xxxi, and title-page). = e Cretaceous Lamellibranchia, Part I, by Mr. H. Woods (pp. 1—72, pls. i—xiv), Vol. Lil.) Issued for the } ip,¢ Carboniferous Lamellibranchiata, Part 1V, by Dr. W. Hind (pp. 277—360, pls- Year 1899 XXVI—Xxxix), The Inferior Oolite Ammonites, Part XI, by Mr. S. S. Buckman (pp. xxxiii—lxiy, pls. V—xIVv). The Cretaceous Lamellibranchia, Part II, by Mr. H. Woods (pp. 73—112, pls. xv—xix). The Surbumioreus Lamellibranchiata, Part V, by Dr. W. Hind (pp. 361—476, pls. x1 —liy). LIV2 1900 The Carboniferous Cephalopoda of Ireland, Part III, by Dr. A. H. Foord (pp. 49—126, 2 : pls. xvili—xxxii). The British Pleistocene Mammalia, Titie-page for Vol. 1, by Messrs. Dawkins and Sanford, The Structure of Carboniferous Plants, Title-page, by Mr. E. W. Binney. The Cretaceous Lamellibranchia, Part III, by Mr. H. Woods (pp. 118—144, pls. xx— XXV1). The Carboniferous Lamellibranchiata, Vol. 1I, Part I, by Dr. W. Hind (pp. 1—34, pls. i—vi), Title-page and Index for Vol. I. Lv. 1901 The Carboniferous Cephalopoda of Ireland, Part IV, by Dr. A. H. Foord (pp. 127— 2 : D : 146, pls. xxxill— xxxix). British Graptolites, Part I, by Miss Elles and Miss Wood, edited by Prof. Lapworth (pp. 1—54, pls. i—iv). Ganoid Fishes of British Carboniferous Formations—Part I, Paleoniscide, No. 2, by Dr. Ramsay H. Traquair (pp. 61—87, pls. viii—xviii). The Cave Hyena, by Prof. 8. H. Reynolds (pp. 1—25, pls. i—xiv). The Fishes of the English Chalk, Part I, by Dr. A. Smith Woodward (pp. 1—56, pls. i—xiil). ay WW , 19024 The Cretaceous Lamellibranchia, Part IV, by Mr. H. Woods (pp. 145—196, pls. xxvii —XXXVIil). British Graptolites, Part J, No. 2,. by Miss Elles and Miss Wood, edited by Prof. Lap- worth (pp. i—xxvill, 55—94, pls. y—xiil). 1 These Volumes are issued in two forms of binding: first, with all the Monographs stitched together and enclosed in one cover; secondly, with each of the Monographs separate, and the whole of the separate parts placed in an envelope. Volume 3) 3) 29 Dates of Issue of the Annual Volumes of the Paleontographical Society. at 111 TW, Vv VI Vi VIll IX xX XI XII XIII XIV XV XVI XVII eV XIX XX XXI XXII XXIII XXIV AXXV XXVI XX VII XXVIII XX1IX XXX XXXI XXXII XX XIII XXXIV XXXV XXXVI » XXXVIT OV LET » XXXIX XL XLI XLII I for 1847 1848 1849 1850 1851 1852 1858 1854: 1855 1856 1857 1858 1859 1860 1861 1862 1868 1864. 1865 1866 1867 1868 1869 1870 1871 1872 1873 1874. 1875 1876 1877 1878 1879 1880 1881 1882 1885 1884. 1885 1886 1887 1888 was issued to the Members, March, 1848. July, 1849. August, 1850. June, 1851. June, 1851. August, 1852. December, 1853. May, 1855. February, 1857. April, 1858. November, 1859. March, 1861. December, 1861. May, 1863. May, 1863. August, 1864. June, 1865. April, 1866. December, 1866. June, 1867. June, 1868. February, 1869. January, 1870. January, 1871. June, 1872. October, 1872. February, 1874. July, 1874. December, 1875. December, 1876. February, 1877. March, 1878. May, 1879. May, 1880. May, 1881. June, 1882. October, 1883. December, 1884 January, 1886. March, 1887. January, 1888. March, 1889. Volume XLIII for 2) XLIV XLV XLVI XLVII XLVIII XLIX L LI LIlI LIII LIV LV LVI 1889 was 1890 1891 1892 1893 1894 1895 1896 1897 1898 1899 1900 1901 1902 3) 30 issued to the Members, March, 1890. April, 1891. February, 1892. November, 1892. December, 1893. November, 1894. October, 1895. October, 1896. December, 1897. December, 1898. December, 1899. December, 1900. December, 1901. December, 1902. PALAHONTOGRAPHICAL SOCIETY. INSTITUTED MDCCCLXVIL. VOLUME FOR 1902. LONDON: A MONOGRAPH BRITISH PLEISTOCENE MAMMALIA VOL.1l PART 4. THE CAVE HYAINA. SIDNEY H. REYNOLDS, M.A., F.G.S., PROFESSOR OF GEOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY, UNIVERSITY COLLEGE, BRISTOL. LONDON: PRINTED FOR THE PALHONTOGRAPHICAL SOCIETY. 1902. PRINTED BY ADLARD AND SON, BARTHOLOMEW CLOSE, F.C.; 20, HANOVER SQUARES, W.; AND DORKING, MONOGRAPH THE BRITISH MAMMALIA PLEISTOCENE PERIOD. THE CAVE HYAINA. Order—CARNIVORA. Fawity—HY ANID AS. Genus— Hymna. Species—Hyena crocutla, Krxleben. TI, HISTORICAL INTRODUCTION. Tue early history of the recognition of remains of the hygena in Europe is dealt with by Cuvier, and much use has been made of lis account in the following pages. The first evidence for their occurrence is afforded by a figure of part of the nght mandibular ramus given by Kundmann in his ‘ Rariora Nature et Artis,’ published in Breslau in 1737. He regarded this as similar to that of a calf, but its hyzenine nature was recognised by Cuvier. Thirty-seven years later (1774), Esper figured bones from Gailenreuth—an atlas which he regarded as hyzenine, but which Cuvier says is that of a bear,—and some teeth, which he regarded as belonging to a lion, but which Cuvier says are hyzenine. Again, in 1784, Collimi gave an excellent figure of a hyena skull found near Mannheim. Unfortunately, however, he was disposed to regard it as perhaps that of a seal. bo PLEISTOCENE MAMMALIA. The first full account of the cave hyena was that given by G. Cuvier in 1812.’ He mentioned a number of Continental localities in which bones of hyenas had been found, and considered that the fossil hyana was distinct from any living species, basing his opinion at that time mainly on the great size of many of the fossil bones. The occurrence cf the cave hysena in England was first clearly established by Dean Buckland in his account of the Kirkdale Cave.” The full title of this important paper, which was published in 1822, is “ Account of an Assemblage of Vossil Teeth and Bones of Elephant, Rhinoceros, Hippopotamus, Bear, ‘Tiger, Hyaena, and sixteen other Animals discovered in a Cave at Kirkdale, Yorks, in the year 1821, with a Comparative View of five similar Caverns in various parts of England, and others on the Continent.” In this paper, and in his ‘ Reliquize Diluvianse’ (1824), he clearly showed that the caves in which the hyeena bones were found were the actual dens of the animals. Buckland’s discovery of hyaena remains at Kirkdale was closely followed by Clift and Whidbey’s discovery of them at Oreston, near Plymouth.’ Goldfuss,* writing in 1823, was the first to apply the distinctive name /7yena spelea to the cave hyana. He gave a detailed comparison with figures and measurements of the bones of the cave species and of the spotted hyzena. In the second edition of the ‘ Ossemens Fossiles’ (1823), Cuvier, in giving a further account of the cave hyena, referred specially to what he held to be the differences between it and the spotted hyzna, and mentioned, with regard to the metacarpals and metatarsals, that all the bones measured were, without exception, shorter and thicker in the cave hyeena than in the spotted hyzena. With regard to the teeth, however, the general tendency of his remarks implies that it 1s impossible to distinguish those of the one from those of the other. Meanwhile the discovery and study of hyaena remains were actively pursued on the Continent, and a number of new species of hygena, some allied to the living 7. crocula and some to the living JZ. sfrvafa, were described by Croizet and Jobert® (1828), and by Marcel de Serres, Dubrueil, and Jeanjean*® (1839). ‘Throughout the first half of the nineteenth century little doubt apparently was felt by paleeontologists that the cave hyzena was distinct from the spotted hyzna. ‘Thus de Blainville’ (1844), Pictet ® (1844), and Owen ® (1846) all accepted this view. De Blainville discusses the question in detail (vde postea), and bases lis opinion mainly on the form of the upper molar. The first paleontologist to express strong doubts as regards the specific distinction of the cave and the spotted hyzenas was Gaudry ”° (L863), but Boyd Dawkins," writing in 1865, was the first definitely to conclude that no distinction could be drawn between ? “Oss: Foss:,’ ed. I, iv. 2) Seba Trams, cxini() ype lial 3 Phil. -Trans., ‘¢xi p.ee: 4 «Satig. Vorw.,’ vi. 5 «Oss. Foss. Puy de Dome.’ 6 «Oss. Lunel Viel.’ 7 ¢Ostéographie,’ livr. 14. 8 «Traité Paléont.,’ i, p. 180. » « Brit. Foss. Mamm.,’ pp. 138—160. 10 «Bull. Soe. Géol, France’ (2), xx, p. 404. 11 «Nat. Hist. Rev.,’ n.s., v, p. 80, d HYANA CROCUTA. 3 H. spelea and H. crocuta. He laid stress on the variable character of the tubercular portion of the lower carnassial, and considered that several of the supposed species that had been founded by Croizet and Jobert, and by de Serres, Dubrueil, aud Jeanjean, mainly on variations in this tooth, were not valid, but were varieties of the cave hyeena (vide postea). In his paper on the mammal fauna of the Creswell Crags,’ published in 1877, the same author says that, after comparison of the skulls of Z/. crocuta and LH. spelea, he has been unable to detect points of difference of specific valuc, and definitely states that he believes the two to be identical. Busk, however, writing in the same year,’ while recognising the close relationship between the two forms, said that he did not consider it proved that /Z. syelea was a mere variety of ZZ. crocula. Since the publication of Boyd Dawkins’ paper in 1863, almost all authors have accepted the view of the identity of the two forms. ‘This has been done, for example, by Newton® (1883), Lydekker* (1884-5), Forsyth Major® (1885), Woodward and Sherborn ® (1890), Gaudry? (1892), and Zittel® (1893); so that the fact of their identity may be considered to be clearly established. Schlosser,’ however, expresses doubt as to their identity, mainly on account of the geographical distribution of Z/. erocuta at the present day. A later phase in the study of hyaenas has been the discussion of the mutual relation- ships of the fossil forms, and the probable ancestry of the living ones, This subject has been most fully dealt with by Lydekker,’® Schlosser,’ and Gaudry.”— Lydekker, basing his opinion largely on its occurrence in the Pleistocene Caves of Karnul, in the Madras Presidency, considers that /Zyena crocuta originated in India, being derived from the Siwalik (Lower Pliocene) Hyena Colvini, Lyd. The lower carnassials of the two forms agree closely, especially as regards the development of the cingulum, differing chiefly in the relatively large development of the hind talon in “7, Colvini. Schlosser derives thie cave hyaena, and eventually //. crocufa, from the Upper Pliocene /Z. Perriert of Croizet and Jobert. He derives H. Perrieri from an unknown form whose nearest ally was /7, sivalensis, and he regards /7. Colvini as altogether off the line of descent in question. Gaudry also derives ZZ. crocula (including the cave hyaena) from H. Perrieri, but expressly states that he has not taken account of the Indian species, not being personally acquainted with their fossil remains. The subject of the mutual relationship of the different species of hyzena lies, however, too much beyond the scope of the present monograph to be fully dealt with. 1*Q. J. Geol. Soc.,’ xxxiii, p. 596. 2 «Trans. Zool. Suc.,’ x (2), p. 53. 3 * Geol. Mag.,’ 1883, p. 433. 4 «Pal. Indica,’ ser. 10, ii, p. 275; ‘Catal. Fuss. Mamm. Brit. Mus.,’ i, p. 69. Ors Geoleisoc,,, xh pl 6 «Catal. Brit. Foss. Vert,’ ‘Matdér. Hist. Temps Quat.’ (4), p. 116. 8 «Handb. Paleont.,’ iv, p. 661. 9 « Beitr. Pal. Osterreich-Ungarus,’ ili, p. 29. 10 «Pal. Indica,’ ser. 10; 11, p. 310. or ~I A PLEISTOCENE MAMMALIA. It may be well here to refer to the reported occurrence of hyenoid animals in North America. In his paper on “'I'he Extinct Dogs of North America,’ 1883, Cope" described a form from the Upper Miocene beds of Nebraska and New Mexico, which he naned Murodon Wheelerianus. We grouped this with the Canid, but nevertheless suspected it tobe the ancestor of the Hyzenida, a view which Schlosser” accepts, altering Cope’s name to Profyena. In 1892, Cope*® published a brief reference to a hyna- like form from the Pliocene of Texas, which differed fromm /Zye@na proper in having a fourth premolar in the lower jaw, and probably a shorter blade to the sectorial tooth of the upper jaw. Tle named this Borophagus diversidens. Lastly, in 1895, Cope * founded a new species of SZyena (fH. inewpectata) on a tooth from a fissure at Port Kennedy, Pennsylvania, which Lydekker?® suggests may prove to belong to a Mimravus: II. DISTRIBUTION IN BRITAIN AND ELSEWHERE. While a number of ‘Tertiary species of hyaena have been recognised on the Continent, only detached teeth of this genus have hitherto been discovered below the Forest Bed in Britain.® From the latter horizon, however, at Corton Cliff, Suffolk, hysena remains were described by Newton’ in 1883. These consist of the canine, and second, third, and fourth premolars, all from the upper jaw, and all clearly referable to ZZ. crocuta. It is thus evident that the animal was an immigrant from the continent of Europe in Pliocene times. In this respect it resembles the cave bear and horse, with which its remains are often associated, and differs from the lion, which does not appear to have reached Kngland till Pleistocene times. In these times the hyzna was extremely plentiful in England. Its remains are not infrequent in river gravels, but its almost universal occurrence in cave deposits shows that in the Pleistocene period it was essentially a cave dweiler as it is at the present time. ‘The fact that these caves were the actual dens of the hyenas, in which they lived and died, is clear from the frequent occurrence of coprolites, of splintered and guawed bones, and of the teeth of young individuals. Referring to the state of the bones in the Robin Hood Cave, Boyd Dawkins ® says: ‘“ With few exceptions the solid bones are alone perfect, the long bones containing marrow, and the vertebrae being represented merely by gnawed fragments. All the lower jaws have lost their angles and coronoid processes, and the number of teeth stands in a greater ratio to the number of bones than would have been the case had not their possessors fallen a prey to a bone- 1 «Amer, Nat.,’ xvii, p. 243. * «Beitr, Pal. Osterreich-Ungarns,’ iii, p. 25. 3 «Amer. Nat.,’ xxvi, p. 1028. * «Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Philad.,’ 1895, p. 446. > ‘Zool. Record,’ 1895, p. 28. 6 Hyena antiqua, Lankester, ‘Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 3, vol. xii, 1864, p. 56, pl. viii, figs. 5, 6, from Red Crag, Suffolk. 7 *Geol. Mag.,’ 1883, p. 433. 8 eo ayo || Sais || Seite S se eMemllesese ||. ce |) egg || Sieh | SLE Sie | SSS | Sel £2 | Sse] 8.56] Saag | Sam | ees | =: = ar S58 | cn | oe] 28S] 934) SRE) SBE] see | Bae || = S eo sls b | : > | 2 | i Sikes) | as [sag = SOS sos8| of | SS] 1S] nes] igs | 185] See | see ES Ss 5 ~ be Sh] © OM) Fos! OG | eOg] el a| sd | Ses | Saga “48 roe oo NE | Sea] SERS | eA | era | pO a! SS s |] son Tis WwW |) WOr4a | was was thle te Seay es ~ sim) =iBbm yea ao) IBS Sica || ye noua ei || Selon cS ea 83 | 828 | Nac Seaman te g | ;ah| Pee | Se | Se | 88 | 88 | ee c 5 Z "i | by : e sies 6 So SN 2 x Z 4 |Haei ea ihe |e |e | eS Es za 7, x ag i 2 g A = Aa as od (6) (6) 7) b Bene kc - A . Length from inter- condylar notch to) anterior end of Ss Rul Racenascsiereeceen 20:0 | 24-7 | 23°6 | 22:55] 22:3 | 24:65) 24-7 | 22:5 Aco 25°6 500 ci66 20°1 2. Extreme width | across eyEougue | | | arches .... Ss 2 EG leo) elGsi7/5) |S: Oo) meee oe aos ws ... | 19°9 | Diseases . Vertical height Frc om | | suture between ba- | siocecipital and basi- sphenoid to top of | sagittal crest ......| 7°8 98 9:95| 9:3 9:6 | 10:95} 10:35 } —_ wo | 9:5 TON LE Gm LO uz Gril 81 4, Width immediately above lachrymal LONAMVE Men eeere 46, 61 655) 61 5'35| 6:60) 6°75) ... DiGi eGalo} MOLO 5°35 | 4°25 5. Width between ends of post-orbital pro- cesses.. 15 8:0 81 74 8:6 | 8:2 9°8 h00 72 a9 8:5 855} 8:0 6. Width measured from alveolar bor- ders immediately above last upper | | | premolars ........ Siz |} Al} |) OHS) |) Toy || ilaleyy and || UG a6 aw || 127 || 12:40) SOP Sees 7. Minimum width be- low foramen lace- rum anterius ...... 0-9 WAGES || aaa Nea 16 WO) |) TASS |) | PAL PO || — 1l7/ 1:7 09 1:25 8. Diameter across oc- cipital condyles ...| 4°4 5:2 4c 4 5°25) 5:25) 5:6 BETAS} || ooo si 56 aon Kee 4°35 | 9. Transverse diameter | offoramenmagnum, 1:9 oe Ile 7/ 2°25] 271 2°1 22 one a0¢ 2-0 508 oo 20 10. Maximum diameter of anterior narial Openness etes | 24 | 3:3 27 2°8 2°8 3'4 3:2 008 we 5% 3-2 2°4 2°15 (11. Maximum length of right mandibular | | | LAOS Goonooage : bi 16°5 | 19°85) 19°85} 18°7 | 18°95). ... SHI, WAI] 555 |) PAIRAS|) Gon 18°45 | 16°15 12. Transverse measure- | | | | | ment ofonecondyle} 3°25) 46 | 46 | 41 | 4°45] ... ACA) 13;2i0)|) Ace 6:05) ieee 44 | 3:2 \13. Height from angle | | | to top of coronoid | | | | LOCESSUsrseeeeassee eo. 6:35| 8:9 | He |, S| EXO ee | PT ace ao 9) | cos 83 | 7:05 1 Tam not aware whether these mandibles belong to the crania measured. B. Derntition (Plates IV, V). (1) Distinctive Features of the Teeth in the Genus Hyana—Vhe dental formula of pene is i, 2 c. + pm. 4 m. 4, as compared with i. 3 c. + pm. 2 m. } in Fehs, and i. fc. > pm. 4 m. } in Canis and Ursus. In the upper jaw the incisor teeth pro- eee increase in size, so that there is no such marked contrast between 1. 3 and ec, HY AINA CROCUTA. 9 as there is in Felis (see Pl. IV, fig. 1). ‘The canines are less powerful than in Ursus and Felis, and are oval in transverse section, without any longitudinal groove or angle separating the inner third. Pm. 3, pm. 3, and pm. 4, the large and powerful bone- crushing teeth, are very characteristic, as is the form of the carnassial teeth. ‘The features of the teeth will be now more fully described. (2) Permanent Dentition of the Upper Jaw (see Pl. 1V).—I. 1 and 2 show a prominent anterior cone or cusp separated by a groove from a depressed posterior area, which is divided by a second groove into right and left cusps. These teeth have wide laterally compressed and somewhat squarely truncated roots. i. 8 is a much larger caniniform tooth, with a marked ridge specially developed antero- externally where it encroaches on the crown. ‘The root is massive and subcylindrical. C. The canine has the usual form. Its crown forms about one third of its length, and is not traversed by grooves, as in the Felidae. It is thickest in the middle, and tapers nearly as rapidly towards the end of the root as towards the tip of the crown. It is not always easy to distinguish between an upper and a lower canine, but Dawkins remarks that the upper differs from the lower by the absence of the lateral curvature of the root. Pm. 1 is a small one-rooted tooth. Its crown forms a low, somewhat incurved cone traversed by a longitudinal ridge. Pm. 2 is a stout tooth with a low cone and small accessory cusps placed internally and posteriorly. ‘The base of the crown is surrounded by a well-marked cingulum, and the tooth is fixed in the jaw by a pair of stout, subequal, and only slightly divergent roots. Pm. 3 is a far larger and stronger tooth than pm. 2. ‘The crown forms a stout, slightly incurved cone. ‘The cingulum is strongly developed, and is much thickened posteriorly and antero-internally, sometimes forming irregular cusps from which marked ridges ascend the cone. ‘I'he tooth forms a powerful bone-crusher. Pim, 4 is the upper carnassial, and is Jarger than any other molar or premolar tooth in either jaw. ‘The long trenchant blade is divisible into three lobes: an anterior one, the smallest of the three, and forming little more than a large cusp; a middle one which rises into a point; and a posterior one which is the longest of the three, and is divided from the middle one only by a deep narrow notch. On the inner side of the first lobe is a large but low inner tubercle. There are three roots, two smaller ones placed side by side anteriorly, and a very large laterally compressed posterior root. M. 1 is not represented in the British Museum set figured on Pl. TV. Dawkins describes it as follows :\—“ Very small, equilateral-triangular, and supported by two fangs, of which the anterior and outer is by far the smaller; the posterior supporting the two posterior angles is enclosed in an alveolus with very delicate walls, which would soon disappear by absorption after the loss of the tooth.” (3) Permanent Dentition of the Lower Jaw (see P|. IV).—The three incisors are all 1 * Nat. Hist. Rev.,’ n.s., v, 1865, p. 90. » ~ 10 PLEISTOCENE MAMMALIA. teeth of much the same form, progressively increasing in size to a slight extent when followed backwards. TT has a low crown with a simple transversely extended trenchant edge; the root is three times as long as the crown, and is laterally compressed. I. 2 differs from in being slightly larger and in bearing a small cusp on its outer side. T.3 is again a good deal larger, and has a more conical, less transversely extended crown. It has a small but well-marked cusp on its outer side, and sometimes a slight indication of a cusp on its inner side, these features being in each case due to the enlargement of the cingulum. ‘Lhe root is much wider anteriorly than posteriorly, so as to be nearly triangular in section. C. is much like that of the upper jaw, and has the inner side of the crown marked by two slight ascending ridges. The root is slightly more outwardly twisted than is the case with the upper canine, and it frequently, at any rate, tapers rather more rapidly to the point of implantation than is the case with that of the upper canine. Pm. | is absent. Pm. 2 is much like pm. 2. The crown forms a broad but low cone springing from a very marked cingulum. | ep 5 sé bo @ ell ees eRe | Sos | Ses) as | Seal as | Ses | Sea lca | Soe ities te || I= © A io 2 rR - Nm | oA =e 19 TD | Qe | Na | Roa | soa [Nee | Rea | MGe | eee | Fee Yin Rea | 865 : no re 4 Cae) . Cie} we aa io ° of West Ss +f ° cant oe ee == if a z2 [RP RP Pe RP eee ee Length from dorso-anterior to dorso- | | posterior edge of centrum ......... mere 30 29 2°55 | 2:7 oc 29 2°55 | 2°35 | | | i} | | Width across prezygapophyses ..... hee 59 59 415 | 4e1 20 Bee | oe we | Bf 2°8 | | | | | Width across postzygapophyses...... | 4°35 | 4°3 4:5 34. 3-4 ae 3°35 | 2:9 0 || 2°6 | | | | Ts ye | o- = ye |) 2.OP aya 1.0 | wee 5 ad ~ Width across transverse processes... | 7°6 78 79 795 | 6:85 | 6:6 68 | 675} 62 | 65 G5 | | 2 A | | | Length of neural spine from notch | | Sieur sy or 725 2» Q:7e | -OR a between prezygapophyses ........... nn ae bd 500 8:0 300 SPB | 00 vo |) SOON aie | | HYANA CROCUTA. Comparative MEASUREMENTS OF Hy@NA VERTEBRH (continued). 17 | | z | 5th thoracic. 6th thoracic. 7th thoracic. 8th thoracic. 9th thoracic. —_ _ aed ra PA BN hae Oe el |e = Sa iga]-3 |$e |Sa] 2 £4 feet eset] ee [eker se RE eel ESS scicetes | pete ees eit! | rca Se Ok Sas | ae | oO) . Il ieee cell eueal oe Se) SEIS Sia] ees SE] el) iat aap sal yo of S| se Alsi ik 416 0)F Soalseqgisea-ltog| °s -|Sa-]t4 2 SBNtodg Saeclscae-—lstaq/] sani ses- $3 §/ 28| oe) e5s| eal n@aless Saless jel SElseel esi eg [soe —ol lal soe! sl e-asee| jU~sleoe Wes) IC elsog) Wes I~s Soe Saw) 8S Lesh S| 8 Be Sh alows PE sigswy& sso] spots &] Spo] 8. 2 wR e|SSe|8S2] 25) 8 eo) 8 ea), | SSaL as 8 FS/ Salons) & al & os OQ) S4A| THERM) SAS) SH EIN! | ras Mm SSo\SSagltsn| sda] ses) l-¢ |S8 |B8al 4 | See| ssa e "| Seat. (Ses | ser olsen] ses [SSF IE Pe la i | NF n> [RIP | [RIP Re | | | | | | | | = ———| = — == —<—<——= —|——— Rae | | | Maximum length of cen- MPR eit cease!) sce, | 2r05.| 2:6 sane || PREG oes ae | 2k) Zeb ene er Pave WOeFT . | 2°65) 2°6 | . { | | Width across transverse | | | | | | OEOCESSES aise ca cece G1 | 65 | 645) 58 | 5°85)] ... | 585) 5:55) G05] 57 48 | 54 545 Length of neural spine | | | | from notch between | prezygapophyses ...| ... | 7°75] 8:7 7:85 | 75 68 | 7:15 5°95 | 6°35 10th thoracic. 11th thoracic. 12th thoracic. 13th thoracic. 14th thoracic. | | Maximum length of cen- | | CMU ceastorenraniernciamias son || AAS) | 26 See EZAOD)|EZtODI emcee ile2eSn \lieaed Sar ene | | | Length of neural spine from notch between | Ist lumbar. [2nd lumbar. 8rd lumbar. 4th lumbar. | « oh S | £6 2) EERE ne = Slee : yous Sa< #2] sh&-| $84] sea =|8q4 | Ro. eed) ese Sc eae Alereieh NSS! os Sa- a-lTsaa aes) sae q|/oe- ag Salsssiiag| 2s Bl Soe ses Reet | HS) 2 Us Ie 2 Wess} 8 Shors. |] Sn. 0] 8. o 2 ee) |§52 Seal Sas) See! Sal ak) 8 oe sa 5 5 o Bis m| 8 45|\ See m\ ees 2Ss iD RoSSqR ete! oS 208 RS % SSF fa ae oF x60 aS (sia | eels x) wc cS “xo we zm |e A |e = we 5 Ss | } = — — = | | e | = ~ oes 2. ©: -Q6 Qeyn 5 ~ 2. | Maximum length of centrum ......... 2°85 | 3:05] 2°75) 31 729 | 3°35) 3:45] 2:95 3:4) Width across processes bearing PLEZY GapPOPhyses ..........seereeeeece | 46 | 42 J 45 | 4159 415) 4°10) 4c nog, asia) Height of neural spine measured | from roof of neural canal ......... ses ATS]... Le . | 415) 39 | Diameter across transverse pro- @SIH2S) con osangcooodn|.oboded oanOAnarGOnOnoO ane tls see, Wl te XO) oe ih ae aeey ey icil SACRAL. | Maximum transverse diameter of Ist (true | sacral) vertebra...... 795/89 | 88 | Height of centrum...] ... 19 | 1:9 | Heichtofneuralcanal] ... | 0'7 | 08 Width across transverse DEOCESSES) ...cnssensceeee 55 5°25] 5:55 | 5:0’ | 48 w. | 47 | 4457... | 445) 4257... prezygapophyses .... ... Soa |) 324091 | Goo Be S| Wk 500 S08 eo ele ACEI) oe ege of © ~ 2 sd |8a 188 =o ae) =o REE NEOI | ee) os n — 4/2 TERS we -| SA) s8 2) 28 ~ n Ss a/ S29 S - = 4|°Ss|e%ad ae SSe| 18) ~ese/ lag Seal Se See Ss S~— &| Sp.0/ 8p.2/ epo NH) 8o4\8os|Sow WR Se el oe = Yn!) s’os| 2'o™ Ss a we OT! HO | = S ioe = a IP Ie lee | | | | . 9 ~ | 28) oa Veale | . | ~ soo |) cso) 3:5 18 PLEISTOCENE MAMMALIA. p. Tun Riss anv Srernum. Hyena possesses fifteen pairs of ribs, which are much arched, causing the cavity of the chest to be large as compared with that in Canis, and very large as compared with that in /e/is. The sternum includes eight sternebrae. Neither ribs nor sternum present any features of special importance. bE. Tus SHoutprr Girpie (PI. IX). The scapula in ZZ, erocuta is straighter, and the postscapular fossa relatively smaller than in ZZ, striata. ‘The coracoid process is very little marked in //yena, and the clavicle, which is minute and more or less oval iu outline, is entirely suspended in the muscles. | TABLE OF MEASUREMENTS OF THE SCAPULA. | I. crocuta, H, spelaa = crocuta, | H. spelea = crocuta, | No. 522 College of Creswell (Owens Wookey (Taunton | Surgeons). College Museum). | Museum), a, | Length along line of spine...............+ 178 19:55 ! 20°95 | | Antero-posterior diameter of neck ...... 4-2 5°25 46 Maximum length of glenoid cavity ...... | 4°45 45 45 | | Diameter from highest point in spine to point on inner surface of scapula | | ammediately below: Gars-a<) | PLATE VI. Cave Hyana. Vertebre. (Natural size.) Atlas, dorsal aspect. Axis. Third cervical. Fourth cervical. ; : is All viewed from the left side. Fifth cervical. Sixth cervical. Seventh cervical. a. Vertebrarterial canal. 6. ‘Transverse process of atlas. c. Posterior articulating surface of atlas. d. Qdontoid process. e. Neural spine. J. Anterior articulating surface of axis. yg. Vostzygapophysis. i. Posterior face of centrum. /. Anterior face of centrum. Inferior lamella of sixth vertebra. /. Foramen for exit of spinal nerve. All the above specimens are from Wookey Hole, Somerset, and are now preserved in the Taunton Museum. All except the atlas are from Skeleton A. PALAZONTOGRAPHICAL SOCIETY 1902. Reynold s, Cave Hyena W.Bidgood del et Jith J West Wee ais PLATE VII. Cave Hyana. Vertebre. (Natural size.) Fie. First thoracic, front view. Second thoracic, seen from the left side. Third thoracic, seen from the left side. Fifth thoracic, front view. Sixth thoracic, seen from the left side. Tenth thoracic, front view. OP BR we Eleventh thoracic, seen from the left side. a. Neural spine. 6. Neural canal. c. Prezygapophysis. d. 'l'vansverse process. e. Anterior facet for articulation with capituilum of rb. f, Posterior facet for articulation with capitulum of rib. gy. Notch for exit of spinal nerve. hd. Facet for articulation with tuberculum of rib. All the above specimens are from Wookey Hole, and are now preserved in the Taunton Museum. ‘Those shown in figs. 2, 3, and 5 are from Skeleton A; those shown in figs. 4, 6, and 7 are from Skeleton B. PAL AONTOGRAPHICAL SOCIETY, 1902. Reynolds, Cave H-yeena. — x % & Ww Bidgood del. et lith West. Newman. imt Verte bre Fia. PLATE VIII. Cave Hyena. Vertebre. (Natural size.) Sixth cervical, posterior view. Thirteenth thoracic, seen from the left side. Thirteenth thoracic, front view. Fourth lumbar, posterior view. Fifth lumbar, dorsal view. Sacrum, dorsal view. Dorsal | Ventral view of the first free caudal vertebra. Anterior he same vertebra seen from the left side. Dorsal ie : - view of probably the ninth free caudal vertebra. Anterior J ''he same vertebra seen from the left side. Anterior view of a late caudal vertebra, perhaps the twelfth. ‘he same vertebra seen from the left side. a. Neural spine. 6. Neural canal. c. Vertebrarterial canal. d. Foramen in sacrum for exit of spinal nerve. e. Prezygapophysis. jf. Postzygapophysis. g. ‘Transverse process. h. Notch for exit of spinal nerve. | The specimens shown in figs. 1—6 are from Wookey Hole, and are preserved in the Taunton Museum. ‘The other specimens figured are also without doubt from Wookey Hol e, but I was unable to find them in the Taunton Museum. Figs. 1 and 4 are from Skeleton A; figs. 2, 3, and 6 from Skeleton B. kIQ2Ia/\, dure weumary'9sayy, 8 rd £ q oe < WA Id LAT SAwD ‘SpjrouAry PLATE IX. Cave Hyra@na. Scapula. (Natural size.) ite. 1. Outer aspect ; } of left scapula. 2. Posterior aspect a. Glenoid cavity. 6. Acromion, c. Prescapular fossa. d. Postseapular fossa. e. Glenoid border. ; ‘This specimen is from the Creswell caves, Derbyshire, and is now preserved in the Museum of Owens College, Manchester. PALAONTOGRAPHICAL SOCIETY,1902. Reynolds, Cave Hyzene. PLD Green del, et ith a DOSY iu! a PLATE X. Cave Hyana. Fflumerus, Ulna, and Radius. , (Natural size.) Fig. 1. Right humerus, 2. Right ulna, | all anterior aspect. 3. Right radius, a. Head of humerus. 6. Great tuberosity. c. Lesser tuberosity. d. Deltoid ridge. e. Supra-trochlear foramen. i Nrochlex gy. \xternal condyle. 4. Internal condyle. 2. Olecranon. jy. Sigmoid notch. /&. Surface for articulation with radius. | /, Distal end of ulna. | m. Surface for articulation with humerus. nm. Distal end of radius. The three bones are all from the Skeleton B found at Wookey Hole, and now served in the 'launton Museum. PALA ONTOGRAPHICAL SOCIETY 1902 Reynolds, Cave Hyzena. ae tall a W Bidgood del.ct J =e Sy alates = i al : Humerus uluatet, ~hinkealy lias = PLATE XI. Cave Hyrana. Manus. (Natural size.) Fie. . . : ‘ 1. Dorsal or anterior view of right manus. 2. Ventral or posterior view of right manus. Bone representing the fused scaphoid, lunar, and centrale. = 8 Cuneiform. ce. Pisiform., d, "Trapezoid. e. Unciform. J. First metacarpal. gy. ¥ifth metacarpal. i. Sesamoid bone at metacarpo-phalangeal articulation of second digit. 2. Ungual phalanx of third digit. ‘The specimens from which these figures were drawn are from the ‘Tor Bryan caves, near ‘l'orquay, and are now in the British Museum (Nat. Hist.). PALAZONTOGRAPHICAL SOCIETY,1I902. ledlgecdly Reynolds, Cave Hyena . enter eg. Mintern Bros.imp. J.Green delet lith, Manus. PATE On: Cave Hyazna. Pelvis. (Natural size.) ire: . 1. Left innominate bone, seen from the outer side. 2. Right innominate bone, seen from the inuer or sacral side. Acetabulum. Obturator foramen. oes: c. Supra-iliac border of ilium. d. Sacral surface. e. Pubic border. f, Ischial border. gy. Ischium. /. Ischial tuberosity. 7, Puhis. : Both the above specimens belong to Skeleton A, found at Wookey Hole, and now in the ‘l'aunton Museum. Pl. XI 1902 = , PALAZONTOGRAPHICAL SOCIETY ferna L save ti Ids, C Reyne D 5p ct00 AAO SITS West, Newman imp. PLATE XIII. Cave Hyana. Femur, Tibia, and Fibula. (Natural size.) Fic. Right femur, viewed from the left side. Co The same, proximal end. 3. The same, distal end. 4. Right tibia, anterior aspect. 5. The same, proximal end. 6. ‘The same, distal end. 7. Right fibula, anterior aspect. 8. The same, proximal end. 9. The same, distal end. a. Head of femur. 6. Great trochanter. c. Lesser trochanter. d. Outer condyle of femur. e. Intercondylar notch. f. Surface for articulation with fibula. g. Cnemial crest. i. Surface for articulation with astragalus. All the above specimens are from Wookey Hole, Somerset, and are now preserved in the Taunton Museum, ‘lhe specimen from which figs. 1, 2, and 3 were drawn forms part of Skeleton A; the remainder are from Skeleton B, PALAZLONTOGRAPHICAL SOCIETY 1902, * Reynolds, Cave Hyeena. Pl XIil W.Bidgood del et hth. : West Newman imp or PEALE Xv: Cave Hyrana. Pes. (Natural size.) Fic. 1. Dorsal or anterior view of right pes. 2. Ventral or posterior view of the same. Astragalus. Calcaneum. c. Cuboid. d. Navicular. e. External cuneiform. J. Middle cuneiform. g. First metatarsal. i. Vifth metatarsal. 2. Sesamoid at metacarpo-phalangeal articulation of second digit. SS yj. Ungual phalanx of third digit. P q The specimens from which these figures were drawn are from the ‘Tor Bryan caves, — near ‘Torquay, and are now in the British Museum (Nat. Hist.). PALAZONTOGRAPHICAL SOCIETY,1902. Pl Av: Reynolds, Cave Hye na Mintern Bros.imp-~ J.Green delet hth Pes. THE PALEHONTOGRAPHICAL SOCIETY. INSTEUTED MDCCCXLY IL, VOLUME FOR 1902. LONDON : MDCCCCII,. THE moosotL FISHES OF THE ENGLISH CHALK. BY An tHUR SMITH WOODWARD, LL.D., F-.S., KEEPER OF THE DEPARTMENT OF GEOLOGY IN THE BRITISH MUSEUM; SECRETARY OF THE PALM ONTOGRAPHICAL SOCIETY, lexeUogl lt Ib Pages 1—56; Puatres I—XIII. LOND ON:: PRINTED FOR THE PALHONTOGRAPHICAL SOCIETY. 1902. PRINTED BY ADLARD AND SON, BARTHOLOMEW CLOSE, E.C.; 20, HANOVER SQUARE, W.; AND DORKING, THE FOSSIL FISHES OF THE: ENGLISH CHALK. LEN BE OD) WiC KOIN: Fisues of the Cretaceous period are now known from many parts of the world. Materials are rapidly accumulating, indeed, for a tolerably complete account of the last of the Mesozoic fish-faunas. Some of the fossils, like those from the Lebanon, Dalmatia, and Westphaha, are whole fishes in a crushed state, displaying the verte- bral column, fins, and scales, in undisturbed position, but showing almost nothing of the cranial osteology. Others, hke those from the Chalk of England and Kansas, are usually more fragmentary, but are often ttle crushed, and exhibit the essential details of their osteology as well as modern skeletons. The specimens in these two conditions must therefore be carefully compared to obtain a complete knowledge of the various genera and species represented ; and, as a basis for this comparison, it 1s necessary to prepare detailed descriptions and illustrations of each series of remains. So far as the fishes of the English Chalk are concerned, it is now proposed to attempt this prelimimary work. Fossil fishes seem to have been first noticed im the Chalk of this country by Dr. Gideon A. Mantell, who published general descriptions and figures of many specimens in his ‘ Fossils of the South Downs’ in 1822. His collection was subse- ‘ quently described with greater success by Agassiz in his ‘ Recherches sur les Poissons Fossiles’ (1833-44). The writings of Mantell and Agassiz aroused so much interest in the south-east of England, that other collectors soon began to obtain im- portant series of specimens, notably Dixon, Bowerbank, Willett (at that time named Catt), Coombe, Egerton, and Mrs. Smith, of Tunbridge Wells. Fine illustrations and brief notices of the Chalk fishes were then issued in Frederic Dixon’s ‘ Geology and Fossils of Sussex’ in 1850. A new edition of this work, with notes on the fossil fishes by E. T. Newton, appeared in 1878. Miscellaneous papers on certain genera were also published by Egerton, Giinther, EK. T. Newton, and W. Davies. More recently the present writer has made several contributions to the subject, including a preliminary “ Synopsis’ in the Proceedings of the Geologists’ Associa- tion in 1888. Finally, there is a revised summary of all the known genera and ] 2 FOSSIL FISHES OF THE ENGLISH CHALK. species from the English Chalk in the British Museum ‘ Catalogue of Fossil Fishes,’ which was completed last year. All these writings will be referred to in due course. | The unique series of Chalk fishes collected by Mr. Henry Willett has been generously presented by him to the Brighton Museum ; butall the other collections mentioned have been eventually acquired by the British Museum. To the latter are now added the fine collections made by 8. H. Beckles, J. R. Capron, Frederick Harford, and S. J. Hawkins, besides smaller contributions from others. The Forbes- Young collection in the Woodwardian Museum, Cambridge, must also be specially mentioned ; and the series of specimens obtained by the Right Hon. Lord Ashcombe from the Chalk near Dorking, is likewise of importance. A large proportion of the fishes in some of these collections are unfortunately not labelled with the exact horizon and localty. The stratigraphical range of the various species and varieties, therefore, cannot yet be fixed so precisely as 1s desirable. The researches of Dr. Arthur W. Rowe’ and Mr. G. E. Dibley” have contributed much towards our knowledge of the distribution of some forms; and the wide experience they have gained of the Chalk in the south of England enables them to determine with much probability of correctness the horizons of many specimens which lack exact labels. The writer is especially indebted to Mr. Dibley for his advice concerning the probable stratigraphical position of the fossils described from inland chalk-pits. Dr. Barrois® has already expressed his opinion that most of the specimens from the neighbourhood of Lewes described by Mantell and Agassiz, were obtained from the Turonian zones of Terebratulina gracilis and Rhynchonella Quviert. Finally, it must be noted that im these fossil fishes the outer face of the bones and scales is often destroyed by flaking or by some solvent percolating through the chalk. Differences in the degree of external ornamentation need thus to be examined very critically with an experienced eye before they can be relied upon for the discrimination of species or races. It is hoped that the fragmentary fossils will be rendered more easily comprehensible by the series of restored sketches in the text, which have been executed under the author’s direction by Miss G. M. Woodward. 1 A. W. Rowe, “The Zones of the White Chalk of the English Coast. Part I—Kent and Sussex,” Proc. Geol. Assoc., vol. xvi, 1900, pp. 289—368. 2 G. E. Dibley, “ Zonal Features of the Chalk Pits in the Rochester, Gravesend, and Croydon Areas,” loc. cit., vol. xvi, 1900, pp. 484—496. ° ©. Barrois, ‘ Recherches sur le terrain crétacé supérieur de |’ Angleterre et de ’Irlande,” Mém. Soc. Géol. Nord., vol. i, no. 1, 1876, p. 30. ATPICHTHYS. 3 SYSTEMATIC DESCRIPTIONS. Subclass TELEOSTOMI. Order ACTINOPTERYGII. Suborder ACANTHOPTERYGII. Family CArancipe. Genus AIPICHTHYS, Steindachner. Aipichthys, F. Steindachner, Sitzungsb. k. Akad. Wiss., math.-naturw. Cl., vol. xxxviii, 1859, p. 763. Generic Characters.—Trunk much deepened, and head short and deep, with a large supraoccipital crest. Hye rather small; cleft of mouth oblique and wide, the 1X Fig. 1. Aipichthys velifer, A. S. Woodward; restoration of skeleton, without scales, about nat. size.— Upper Cretaceous ; Hakel, Mt. Lebanon. gape extending to the hinder border of the orbit ; maxilla expanded behind ; teeth minute but numerous. Pelvic fins inserted directly below the pectorals, somewhat a FOSSIL FISHES OF. THE ENGLISH CHALK. larger than the latter; dorsal fin much elevated and extending along nearly the whole of the back, with two to four very short and rather stout anterior spines ; anal fin comparatively low, opposed to the hinder half of the dorsal, with three to five short and stout anterior spines; caudal fin deeply forked. Scales thin and small, except a series of ventral ridge-scales on the short abdominal region. Type Species.—Aipichthys pretiosus (Stemdachner, Sitzungsb. k. Akad. Wiss., math.-naturw. Cl., vol. xxxvii, 1859, p. 763, pl. 1, fig. 1) from the Cretaceous (supposed Urgonian) of Comen, Istria. Remarks.—This is the highest type of fish to which any specimen hitherto discovered in the English Chalk can be referred. The genus comprises small species, none more than 10 cm. in length, which are known by nearly complete skeletons crushed between the laminz of the fissile Cretaceous limestones of Comen (Istria), the Isle of Lesina (Dalmatia), and Hakel (Mt. Lebanon). The specimens from Hakel were for many years ascribed to the allied genus Platax, which survives in existing seas. The accompanying restoration (Text-fig. 1) of the skeleton of Aipichthys velifer, however, shows that the fish differs from Platae im haying a larger mouth, a much less elevated anal fin, and a deeply forked caudal fin. The thickened ventral ridge-scales also distinguish the Cretaceous from the Tertiary and Recent genus. 1. Aipichthys nuchalis (Dixon). 1850. Microdon nuchalis, F. Dixon, Geol. Sussex, p. 369, pl. xxxiui, fig. 7. 1887. Platax(?) nuchalis, A. S. Woodward, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. [5], vol. xx, p. 342. 1901. Aipichthys nuchalis, A. S. Woodward, Catal. Foss. Fishes B. M., pt. iv, p. 429. Type.—Imperfect fish, probably from zone of Holaster subglobosus ; British Museum. Specific Characters.—Not yet satisfactorily ascertained. Description of Specimen.—VThis species is still known only by the unique type specimen, which is too incomplete to decide more than its generic relationships. Dixon’s drawing of the fossil does not exhibit many of its essential features, but a study of the actual specimen reveals some of them. ‘The supraoccipital bone of the cranium is shown to be raised into a large, laterally compressed, triangular crest. he vertebral centra, with their arches, are well ossified, and there seem to be only ten in the abdominal region. Of the pectoral fins no fragments remain, but each of the pelvic fins is represented by a single robust spine, though there are no traces of the articulated rays. Evidence of a much-elevated dorsal fin is seen in a series of large, wide-winged fin-supports above the vertebral column, just behind the supraoccipital crest. The anal fin is represented by its three small anterior spines. The total leneth of the fish cannot have exceeded 8 cm. BERYCOPSIS. 5 Horizon and Locality.—Probably zone of Holaster subglobosus : Washington, Sussex. Family SvROMATEID®. The Cretaceous genera provisionally assigned to this family are primitive Seombroid fishes of uncertain affinity. Genus BERYCOPSIS, Dixon. Berycopsis, F. Dixon, Geol. Sussex, 1850, p. 372. Stenostoma, F. Dixon, ibid., 1850, p. 373. Generic Characters.—Trunk deepened and much laterally compressed. Cleft of mouth small and oblique, with minute clustered teeth; maxilla expanded behind, with relatively very large posterior supramaxilla ; circumorbital plates small, except the foremost (antorbital), which is much expanded. Vertebrze about twelve in the abdominal, eighteen in the caudal region. Pectoral fins small and delicate ; pelvic fins, with relatively large spine, inserted slightly behind the pectoral pair ; dorsal and anal fins with a few very stout anterior spines, which gradually lengthen and are closely pressed together; caudal fin forked. Scales more or less feebly rugose and pectinated or ctenoid, extending over the operculum, occipital region, and cheek; none enlarged or thickened. Lateral line inconspicuous. Type Species.—Berycopsis elegans, from the English Chalk. Remarks.—This genus is most closely related to Omosoma and Platycormus from the Upper Cretaceous of the Lebanon and Westphalia. Pycnosterina, from the Lebanon, may also perhaps prove to be an allied form when it is better known. Omosoma is distinguished by its cycloid scales, which seem to be less deepened on the flank than those of Berycopsis; while Platycormus appears to have about four more vertebrz and a much smaller pelvic fin-spine than the latter genus. 1. Berycopsis elegans, Dixon. Plate 1; Plate I, fig. 1; Text-figure 2. to) b] 1850. Berycopsis elegans, F. Dixon, Geol. Sussex, p. 372, pl. xxxv, fig. 8. 1888. Berycopsis elegans, A. 8. Woodward, Proc. Geol. Assoc., vol. x, p. 328. 1901. Berycopsis elegans, A. S. Woodward, Catal. Foss. Fishes B. M., pt. iv, p. 423. Type.—Imperfect head and trunk from zone of Holaster subglobosus ; Willett Collection, Brighton Museum. Specific Characters.—The_ type species attaming a length of about 380 em. Length of head with opercular apparatus considerably exceeding two-thirds the 6 FOSSIL FISHES OF THE ENGLISH CHALK. maximum depth of the trunk, which nearly equals the length from the pectoral arch to the base of the caudal fin. External head-bones only partially rugose, the hinder expanded portion of the frontals beige quite smooth, and the front edge of the supraoccipital crest not thickened or ornamented. Antorbital cheek-plate slightly deeper than broad, its depth about equalling that of the orbit. Dorsal fin with 6 short and stout spines, which are nearly smooth; anal fin arising much nearer to the pectorals than to the caudal. Scales very feebly rugose, or sometimes quite smooth, with shehtly bent, not regularly curved hinder margin; nearly 30 scales in each transverse series on the abdominal region. Description of Specimens.—The type specimen in the Brighton Museum does not exhibit many of the essential characters of the fish. It is, however, sufficiently complete for generic and specific determination. The gently rounded frontal region of the skull is shown, and the large supraoccipital crest 1s observable m transverse section. The operculum is much flaked, but seems to have been smooth. The scales are well displayed, exhibiting their proportions and the typical rhombic exposed area, with a very slight rugosity at its hinder border. The front part of the anal fin is preserved, and its remains extend to the hinder fractured edge of the fossil. The only other important known specimens of this species are contained in the collection of the British Museum. All these are very imperfect ; but two afford an approximate idea of the general proportions of the fish, while the others exhibit most of the pricipal characters of its skeleton. The general proportions are best shown in the small specimen from the Chalk of Sussex represented of the natural size in Pl. I, fig. 1. The frontal profile of the head 1s steep, and the back gradually rises to the origin of the dorsal fin, where the trunk is deepest. The ventral margin of the body forms a more gentle curve than the dorsal border. The jaws are slightly pressed forwards in fossilisation, but, allowing for this, the length of the head with opercular apparatus is seen to equal its maximum depth at the back of the occipital crest. Its length also somewhat exceeds two thirds that of the trunk from the pectoral arch to the base of the caudal fin. The roof of the skull is sharply bent above the middle of the large orbit, and its short hinder portion is surmounted by a deep triangular supraoccipital crest (Pl. I, figs. 1, 5, socc.), which is strengthened by one oblique ridge. The muscles of the trunk must have extended forwards over this portion of the skull as far as a sharp ridge which is inclined backwards on each side from the middle point at the hinder border of the frontal region (fig. 3, /7.). The frontal bones (fr.) are smooth and a little tumid, impressed with a few reticulating grooves, and by a pair of lateral, longitudinal sensory canals. There is also a large supraorbital flange (spb.), apparently of the same element, which bears a finely rugose ornamentation. Auteriorly the frontals taper, and overlap the narrow mesethmoid, which is almost BERYCOPSIS. i) destroyed in the original of fig. 3, but is shown in other specimens, ¢.4., the original of fig. 2. Its exposed portion is longer than broad, and gradually widens in front, where its anterior margin is deeply excavated by a re-entering angle. Its vertical extent is also considerable, as shown by an imperfect small specimen, B. M., no. P. 6049. The basioccipital region, as exposed in one specimen (B. M., no. P. 5683), is much laterally compressed, and there is a basicranial canal. The prefrontal or ectethmoid element (fig. 2, pif.) is seen to be large and deepened. There are sometimes remains of an ossified sclerotic. The mandibular suspensormm is nearly vertical, only shehtly inclined forwards ; and the mandibular articulation is below the hinder margin of the orbit. The KYy ‘9 Fie. 2. Berycopsis elegans, Dixon; restoration, about one half nat. size.—English Chalk. The pelvic fins and the greater part of the anal and caudal fins are based on probabilities. The extent of the squamation over the rays of the dorsal and anal fins is indicated by a dotted line. hyomandibular (fig. 2, hin.) is a long and narrow lamina, strengthened on the upper part of its outer face by three radiating ridges, one ending in the point of suspension (s.) for the operculum, the other two diverging respectively to the postero-superior and antero-superior angle of the bone. Its truncated lower end meets the symplectic and the hinder half of the upper margin of the quadrate. The latter element (qu.) is deeply notched for the reception of a rather large symplectic, and has the usual thickened articular prominence for the mandible below. The large and delicate laminar metapterygoid (ipf.) adjoins the anterior margin of the hyomandibular and the anterior half of the upper margin of the 8 FOSSIL FISHES OF THE ENGLISH CHALK. quadrate ; while the thin, arched, and tapering hinder portion of the ectopterygoid (eept.) borders the quadrate anteriorly and the metapterygoid inferiorly. As shown by B. M., no. P. 5683, the lower part of the imner face of the ectopterygoid bears a cluster of minute teeth. The premaxilla (figs. 1, 2, pm.) completely excludes the maxilla from the upper border of the mouth on each side. It is— remarkable for the great relative size of its anterior ascending process, which fits into the deep groove on the anterior face of the mesethmoid. It is constricted, though a httle thickened, immediately behind the base of this process ; and its oral face, when well preserved (e.¢., B. M., no. P. 5685), bears a broad cluster of mimute teeth. The maxilla (figs. 1, 2, mz.) is a slender bar for the greater part of its length, with a large upturned anterior end, which is partly shown in fig. 1, but better preserved on the left side of the original of fig. 2. It terminates behind in a considerable laminar expansion which is broken and incomplete in the original of fig. 2, but a httle less fractured in that of fig. 1. When quite complete, this expansion 1s shehtly deeper than in the latter, and its outer face is not ornamented. The maxilla is overlapped for the greater part of its length by a relatively enormous supramaxilla (fies. 1, 2, sma.2), of which the form is best shown in fig. 2. It seems tu have been shghtly convex, and it is covered with a very fine rugose ornament, which is often partly destroyed in fossilisation. Below its anterior pointed prolongation there is also a diminutive second supramaxilla (fig. 2, sme.1), which is similarly ornamented. The mandible is more or less broken in all the known specimens, but its general shape is indicated in fig. 1. It is short and deep, with a truncated symphysis, and the oral border gradually rising to the coronoid region, of which the highest pomt is just in front of the articulation for the quadrate bone. The lower portion of the mandible is much bent mwards, so that its complete depth is not seen in direct side-view (figs. 1, 2). The dentary ((/.) is quite smooth, but the articulo-angular (ay.) exhibits a horizon- tally-extended flattened ridge immediately below and in front of the articulation, covered with a fine rugose ornament. Below this ridge there is a deep groove, which may have been occupied by the slime-apparatus of the sensory canal. The thickened oral margin of the dentary bears clustered minute teeth like those of the premaxilla. The cheek is covered partly by circumorbital plates, partly by scales. Most of the cireumorbital plates (figs. 1, 2, co.) are small, and form a very narrow rim round the orbit; but the foremost element of the series, which may be termed antorbital (wo.), is excessively expanded. All these plates are covered with a very fine rugose ornament, and the sensory canal which traverses them is marked by a deep groove. The original outline of the large antorbital plate is best shown in fig. 2, where it is only destroyed by an accidental indent near the upper end of its hinder margin. Its maximum depth somewhat exceeds its width, and about equals the vertical diameter of the orbit. Its longer axis is slightly inclined BERYCOPSIS. 9 forwards, but its iclination is creased by crushing in the original of fig. 1. The sensory canal is abruptly bent downwards when it reaches the middle of this plate and spreads in a few radiating branches. When the cheek is well preserved it is seen to be completely covered with scales behind and below the circumorbital ring, and remains of these are observable im fig. 1. As shown by B. M. no. P. 6049, these scales are large and deeply overlapping, less conspicuously rugose than the circumorbital plates, and not serrated. The opercular apparatus is complete. The preoperculum (figs. 1, 2, pop.) is very deep and narrow, and not much expanded at the angle, which is greater than aright angle. Its straight ascending limb tapers to its pomted upper end at the hyomandibular suspension of the operculum; its short lower limb is more bluntly pointed below. Its thickened anterior border overhangs the deep groove for the sensory canal; its narrow hinder wing, when well preserved, 1s covered with a fine ‘rugose ornament but not serrated. The exact form of the operculum (op.) is difficult to determine, but it only seems to lack an insignificant fragment of the hinder border in fig. 1, and the postero-superior angle in fig. 2. In the former specimen it is completely exposed and exhibits only remains of a radiating rugose ornament in its hinder half. In better preserved specimens, however, as in the original of fig. 2, it 1s always covered with scales lke those of the cheek, and its hinder ornamented portion is very little exposed. The suboperculum (sop.) and interoperculum (iop.) are narrow, antero-posteriorly extended bony plates, display- ing a fine rugose ornament when well preserved, never covered with scales. The outline of these two elements seems to be complete in fig. 1, but the lower margin of the interoperculum is accidentally indented in fig. 2. Fragments of branchio- stegal rays (b7.) are seen in fig. 2, but these are imperfectly known. Three or perhaps four of them are shown on the right side in Bb. M. no. P. 6465. The branchial arches seem to bear a few large pointed gill-rakers (B. M. no. P. 5695). The vertebral column is imperfectly known, but it comprises at least 26, perhaps as many as 30 vertebrae. The centra are much constricted cylinders, and most of them seem to be strengthened by a stout, lateral, longitudinal ridge. The arches are all very stout and large. The neural arches are fused with the centra in the abdominal, as well as in the caudal region. The anterior ribs articu- late directly with the centra, but there may have been small transverse processes. There are expanded hypural bones (B. M. no. P. 6465). The pectoral arch is suspended from the cranium by a small supratemporal (Pl. I, fie. 1, st.), and bya larger, forked post-temporal (pft.). The supratemporal is an irregularly crescentic lamina, its concave border smooth and turned forwards, its convex border marked with a rugose ornament and turned backwards. Its antero-superior angle overlaps the epiotic, while its postero-inferior portion is in contact with the exposed laminar part of the post-temporal. This plate ( pit.) tapers a little above, but is truncated below where it articulates with the supra- ”) —_ 10 FOSSIL FISHES OF THE ENGLISH CHALK. clavicle. The greater part of its outer face is smooth, but behind and below a deep vertical groove which traverses two thirds of its depth, it exhibits a rugose orna- ment. From its antero-inferior angle there extends forwards a smooth rod-like process (p.), which articulates with the pterotic. The supraclavicle (sc/.) is more than three times as deep as broad, truncated above, tapering below, and with a thickened anterior margin. Its outer face is very feebly rugose. The clavicle (PL. I, fig. 2, c/.) is much sigmoidally bent, with a large external lamina, which is — as feebly ornamented as the supraclavicle. Its hinder margin is notched just above the attachment of the coraco-scapular mass (c.) ; and at the angle there is sometimes a trace of a post-clayicle (pcl.). There is a persistent suture between the coracoid and scapula, as shown on the left side of the original of Pl. I, fig. 2; and the scapula is pierced by a large oval foramen (f.). The basal bones of the pectoral fin are unknown, and the fin itself has never been well observed. As indicated by B. M. no. P. 6465, it is very small, comprising from eight to ten rays, of which the uppermost and longest cannot have exceeded the premaxilla in length. Only scattered fragments of its delicate fin-rays are shown in PI. I, fig. 1, p. The pelvie fins are unknown, but a trace apparently of one of the supports in B. M. no. 37751, seems to show that their insertion was slightly behind that of the pectoral fins. The median fins are always imperfect in the fossils, but some of their characters are observable. The dorsal fin seems to arise opposite the insertion of the pelvie pair, andis much extended. There are traces of free fin-supports im advance of it (Pl. I, fig. 1, .) ; and its low anterior portion consists of very stout, nearly smooth, closely arranged spines (Pl. I, fig. 4). These spines, six in number, gradually m- crease in length, and are followed by much longer rays, which are closely articu- lated distally but only represented by their bases in the specimens figured (PI. I, figs. 1, 4). The articulated dorsal rays must have been at least twenty-five m number, as shown by B. M. no. P. 6535. The anal fin must also have been con- siderably extended, arising in advance of the middle pomt between the pectorals and the caudal, and reaching at least as far back as the seventh vertebra from the caudal extremity. Its foremost support (PI. I, fig. 1, 7) exhibits at its lower end a large triangular expansion, evidently for the attachment of powerful spines. The caudal fin must have been delicate, and was probably forked. Only fragmentary remains of it are shown in PI. I, fig. 1. The aspect of the scales varies much in the different specimens, but this crreum- stance seems to be due to accidents in preservation. When they are undisturbed and complete, as in the front part of Pl. I, fig. 1, their exposed portion is observed to be almost rhombic in shape, the hinder border bemg not gently curved but rather sharply bent at its middle. When the surface is well preserved it is distinctly rugose, and some of the delicate markings at the hinder margin radiate in such a manner as to give it a pectinated appearance. The smoothness of the scales in the originals of Pl. I, figs. 1,4, and in similar specimens, is almost certainly BERYCOPSIS. et due to the effect of some solvent on their outer face during fossilisation. No thickened or specially enlarged scales have been observed ; and there are probably about 30 scales in each transverse series in the abdominal region. Their extension over the operculum and cheek has already been described. Small scales cover the muscular portion over the occipital and parietal region of the skull. There are also traces of them enveloping the base of the rays of the dorsal fin in the original of Pl. I, fig. 1, and in B. M. no. P. 6535. The lateral line is distinguishable, but only feebly marked. Horizons and Localities—Zone of Holaster subglobosus: Clayton, Sussex ; Burham, Kent. Probably zone of hynchonella Cuvieri : Lewes, Sussex. Zone of Holaster planus or Terebratulina gracilis : Cuxton, Kent; Lewes. 2. Berycopsis major, sp. nov. Plate H, fig. 2. Type.—Imperfect head and trunk; British Museum. Specific Characters.—An imperfectly known species attaining a leneth of about 30cm. Ornament of head and opercular bones more prominent than in the type Species, extending over the hinder expanded portion of the frontals and the thickened front border of the supraoccipital crest. Antorbital cheek-plate not deeper than broad and less deep than the orbit. Scales with a regular ornament of delicate pectinations at the hinder border, which is gently and regularly curved ; much larger and fewer than in the type species, there being less than 20 scales in each transverse series in the abdominal region. Description of Specimen.—The unique specimen of this species is shown of the natural size in Pl. II, figs. 2, 2¢. It has been much broken, but displays many of the essential characters of the fish. The general proportions of the cranium do not differ much from those of the type species, but it 1s much more extensively ornamented and the median ethmoid is less exposed. The large triangular supra- occipital crest is only strengthened on its side by a slight ridge; but its anterior margin is thickened and was probably exposed, being marked with a fine longi- tudinal ridged ornament. Thetrontal region (//.) is produced on each side mto an overhanging supraorbital flange ; and the rugose ornamentation is not confined to this, but extends in a radiating manner over nearly the whole of the hinder half of each frontal bone. The actual hinder limit of the frontals seems to be a straight, transverse line; while the small ornamented triangular area beyond this at each postero-lateral angle is doubtless to be regarded as belonging to the parietal (pa.). The small mesethmoid (fig. 2a, eth.) has the same form as in B. elegans, but is more extensively covered by the frontals than in the latter species. The large, deep, antero-posteriorly compressed prefrontal or ectethmoid ( pif.) is well shown, and is clearly articulated with the enlarged foremost plate of the cireumorbital Pie FOSSIL FISHES OF THE ENGLISH CHALK. ring (ao.). The mandibular suspensorium and palato-pterygoid arcade are much obscured ; but, so far as they are exposed, they resemble the corresponding parts of the type species. The premaxilla ( pmz.) lacks its hinder end on both sides of the fossil, but displays the very large anterior ascending process. It has a sharp lower edge, but a broad flattened oral face to bear a cluster of minute teeth. The maxilla (me.) is also imperfect on both sides, but is represented on the right by its anterior and posterior extremities. Its anterior end is turned upwards in a stout process, while its posterior portion expands into a large, smooth lamina. Only the hinder supramaxilla (sm. 2) is preserved, and it may perhaps be a little broken at its upper border. It is ornamented with a very conspicuous rugosity, of which the main ridges extend antero-posteriorly. he mandible appears exactly as described in the type species, and the dentary (d.) is shown to have borne a broad band of clustered minute teeth. The hour-glass-shaped ceratohyal (fig. 2, ch.) is short and deep, with a broad lamina of bone connecting its upper angles. It (perhaps with the small epihyal, which is covered) supports five branchiostegal rays (/7.). The cireumorbital plates (co.) are ornamented and deeply grooved, and all except one are very small, as in B. elegans ; but the enlarged foremost plate of the series, which is imperfect on the right side (ao.), is much less deepened than in the latter species. Its maximum depth is indeed less than the vertical diameter of the orbit, and, as shown on the left side, its lower border is feebly pectinated or serrated. Abraded and broken rugose scales remain covering the cheek behind and below the circumorbital rmg. The opercular apparatus closely resembles that of B. elegans, but is more strongly ornamented. In the fossil only three or four of the scales which originally covered the operculum are preserved. Behind the opercular bones, a little displaced and imperfect, are observed the characteristic post-temporal (pét.), supraclavicle (sc/.), and clavicle (cl.,) with part of the scapula (sc.) pierced by the usual oval foramen. The destruction of some scales also ex- poses a few of the stout ribs (.). The right pelvic fin (plv.) is shown slightly behind the pectoral arch. Its large and stout anterior spine is fractured and fragmentary, but seems to have been as long as the succeeding articulated rays, of which only four are seen. The anal fin spines (a.) are also very stout and slightly ornamented by longitudinal ridges. They seem to have been four in number, rapidly increasing backwards in size and length. The base of only one articulated ray 1s preserved behind them im the fossil. The scales are relatively large, with a gently and regularly rounded posterior border. The abraded rugose ornament of their exposed portion has often a pitted appearance, but at the posterior border it passes into regular pectinations. The scales cannot be exactly counted, but there were probably less than 20 of them in any transverse series on the abdominal region. ‘The lateral line (//.) forms a httle smooth triangular prominence on the covered portion of each scale which it traverses. Horiwon and Locality.—Probably zone of Holaster planus: Cuxton, Kent. HOPLOPTERYX. 13 Type specimen obtained by Joseph Wood for Frederick Harford, Esq., who pre- pared it. 3. Berycopsis pulchella (Dixon). 1850. Stenostoma pulchella, F. Dixon, Geol. Sussex, p. 373, pl. xxxvi, fig. 2. Do 1888. Stenostoma pulchella, A. 8. Woodward, Proc. Geol. Assoc., vol. x, p. 329. 1901. Berycopsis, sp., A. 8S. Woodward, Catal. Foss. Fishes B. M., pt. iv, p. 425. Type.—Imperfect fish ; British Museum. Specific Characters.—An imperfectly known very small species, resembling B. major in the form of the antorbital and scales, but apparently with rather more than 20 scales in a transverse series on the abdominal region, and supramaxilla feebly ornamented. Description of Specimen.—The unique type specimen of this species represents a fish only about 8°5 cm. in length, and is very unsatisfactorily figured by Dixon, op. cit. The orbit is unusually large and surrounded by the characteristic circum- orbital platés, of which the antorbital is seen to resemble that of B. imajor m form and proportions. The hinder expansion of the maxilla is quite smooth; while the rather low, large supramaxilla is only faintly rugose, and an impression on the chalk seems to indicate that it was not truncated but tapering behind. A fragment of the outer face of the operculum displays the ridged ornament; and scales are observed to extend over both this bone and the cheek. Traces of the base of the dorsal and caudal fins are seen. Most of the scales are preserved in undisturbed series, and their pectinations terminate in a rather conspicuously serrated hinder border. The relatively large size of the orbit, and the prominence of the scale-ornament are characters suggesting the immaturity of the fish now described. Horizon and Locality.—Probably zone of Holaster subglobosus : Steyning, Sussex. An undetermined species of Berycopsis from the Grey Chalk (zone of Holaster subglobosus) of Dover is also indicated by part of a small trunk in the British Museum (no. 49062). Family Beryciwe. Genus HOPLOPTERYX, Agassiz. Hoplopteryx, L. Agassiz, Poiss. Foss., vol. iv, 1838, p. 4. Generic Characters.—Trunk much deepened and laterally compressed, with lower face of abdominal region flattened. Frontal region of skull deeply ridged 14 FOSSIL FISHES OF THE ENGLISH CHALK. for slme-cavities ; cleft of mouth little oblique, and jaws with minute clustered teeth ; orbit small or of moderate size ; preoperculum without ‘spine, only serrated ; operculum produced into two short and broad spines at its hinder margin. Verte- bree about 10 in the abdominal, 14 im the caudal region. Pelvic fins arising below or somewhat behind the origin of the pectorals, with one stout spine and 6 to 8 divided rays. Dorsal fin much extended, its anterior half consisting of 5 to 9 stout spines, not closely pressed together; anal fin comparatively short, with 3 to 5 stout spines, not closely pressed together; caudal fin more or less forked. Scales pectinated, rather large, and none much enlarged or thickened ; lateral lme forming a conspicuous discontinuous ridge. Type Species.—Hoplopterye autiquus (Agassiz, tom. cit., p. 131, pl. xvu, figs. 6—8) from the Senonian of Westphalia. Remarks.—The species of this genus from the Enelish Chalk have commonly EUR OA UGA Epes H : yh i! ue Fia. 3. Beryx splendens, Lowe; much reduced from nat. size.—Existing in deep sea. After Goode and Bean. been referred to the surviving genus Beryv. They are indeed characterised by a peculiarly ridged skull with slime-cavities disposed almost as in Beryw (Text-fig. 5). Hoplopterya, however, is clearly distinguished from the latter by its much smaller eye, the greater extent of the spinous portion of its dorsal fin, and the less extent of its anal fin. The differences will be readily appreciated on comparing the accompanying Text-fig. 3 with Text-fig. 4+ opposite. |. Hoplopteryx lewesiensis (Mantell). Plate II; Plate IV, fig. 1; Plate VII, fic. 1; Text-figs. 4, 5B. 1822. Zeus lewesiensis, G. A. Mantell, Foss. S. Downs, p. 234, pls. xxxv, XXXVI. 1835-39. Beryzx ornatus, L. Agassiz, Poiss. Foss., Feuill., p. 55, and vol. iv, p. 115, pl. xiv a, pl. xiv b, figs. 1, 2, pl. xive, figs. 1, 3—6 (non fig. 2), pl. xiv d (exe. fig. 2). HOPLOPTERYX. 15 1850. Beryx ornatus, F. Dixon, Geol. Sussex, p. 371, pl. xxxiv, fig. 1, pl. xxxvi, figs. 1, 3. 1888. Hoplopteryx lewesiensis, A. 8. Woodward, Proc. Geol. Assoc., vol. x, p. 327. 1901. Hoplopteryx lewesiensis, A. S. Woodward, Catal. Foss. Fishes B. M., pt. iv, p. 397, pl. xvi, fie. 4, text-fig. 13. Type.—Imperfect fish, probably from one of the Turonian zones; British Museum. Specific Characters.—A species attaining a length of about 30 em. Leneth of head with opercular apparatus considerably less than the maximum depth of the trunk, which nearly equals the length from the hinder margin of the clavicle to the base of the caudal fin. Tubercular and rugose ornament of external bones rather fine. Operculum twice as deep as broad. Dorsal fin occupying nearly one half of the back, comprising 6 very stout, longitudinally ribbed spines and 8 to 10 4 Fic. 4. Hoplopteryx lewesiensis, Mantell; restoration, about one half nat. size—English Chalk. divided rays, the length of the longest spime almost equalling one third the depth of the trunk at its insertion ; anal fin with 7 or 8 divided rays preceded by 3 or 4 very stout spines, which gradually increase to a length about equalling that of the longest dorsal. Scales very finely rugose and delicately pectinated; the lateral line traversing about the ninth longitudinal series above the ventral border. Description of Specimens.—The type specimen in the Mantell Collection (nos. 4014-15) is too imperfect to exhibit many of its generic and specific characters ; but, on direct comparison, it is clearly proved to be specifically identical with certain better-preserved fossils on which the foregoing diagnosis is based. Part of the left side of the head and opercular apparatus is exposed from within, and the operculum shows its two characteristic spines. The imperfect trunk is a little distorted and shows only fragments of the vertebral column and median fins, with 16 FOSSIL FISHES OF THE ENGLISH CHALK. the four anal fin-spines distinctly borne by separate supports. Some of the large, thin, serrated scales are well displayed, while the thickenings and bendings pro- duced by the sensory canal of the lateral line are also conspicuous. The general proportions of the fish, noted in the specific diagnosis and indicated in the accom- panying restoration (Text-fig. 4), are better shown by the original of PI. III, fig. 1, and by many similarly preserved specimens. As proved by B. M. no. 49043, the lower border of the abdominal region is gently rounded or flattened, not keeled. The cranium (Pl. III, fig. 2; Text-fig. 538) closely resembles that of Berya (Text-fig. 5), especially in the arrangement of the ridges and hollows on the eth \\ Fra. 5. Roof of cranium of Bery«e decadactylus, Cuv. and Val. (A), Hoplopteryx lewesiensis (Mantell) (B), and Hoplopteryx simus, A. S. Woodw. (C). eth., mesethmoid; fr., frontal; socc., supra- occipital crest in fossa originally occupied by muscles; 0, median slime-cavity ; 1, , 11, lateral paired slime-cavities ; arrows indicating passages through the walls of the slime-cavities. roof; but the ethmoidal region is relatively larger than in this existing genus. The parasphenoid is slender, and there is a large basicranial canal (B. M. nos. P. 5687-88). The occipital plane is inclined backwards and downwards; and the low median supraoccipital crest (soce.) is produced backwards over it. As m Beryx, the supraoccipital with its crest is sunk in a deep trough formed by a pair of laminar ridges (Pl. IT, fig. 2, 7.), which are deepest behind on the otic region and eradually converge forwards until they meet in a short median ridge at the anterior end of the frontal region. Again as in Beryr, this large median trough is crossed by a less elevated transverse ridge in its anterior narrow portion ; and the small triangular cavity thus formed (0) opens into the lateral frontal cavities by two HOPLOPTERYX. LH foramina piercing the bounding ridge on each side. Muscles covered by scales (B. M. no. 49045) occupied the greater part of the trough just described, but the small anterior triangular portion must have been a slime-cavity. The frontal bones (PI. III, fig. 2, fr.) extend from the hinder border of the orbit to the front margin of the prefrontal or ectethmoid, where they meet the mesethmoid (eth.) in a jagged suture. ‘They form a shght supraorbital flange on each side, marked with a coarse, tubercular ornament at the border. Internal to this flange and external to the great ridge already described, they are transversely ridged to produce three pairs of lateral slime-cavities, which are connected with each other by foramina piercing the bounding walls. The largest or anterior cavity (II, I) is again bridged by a thin spicule of bone at the anterior end of the frontal, as shown in the restoration (Text-fig. 538). This delicate bridge is lacking in most fossils, as in the original of Pl. III, fig. 2; but it is indicated in nos. 49038, P. 1948 b, and other specimens in the British Museum. The mesethmoid (eth.) is as long as broad, entirely in advance of the frontals, and impressed in front with a deep groove for the reception of the ascending processes of the premaxille. The pre- frontal or ectethmoid is very deep and narrow. When well preserved, all the sharp ridges of the cranial roof, except the supraoccipital, are observed to be ornamented on the edge with a row of tubercles; and similar tubercles are seen on the lateral borders of the mesethmoid. The mandibular suspensorium is nearly vertical, the gape of the mouth extend- ing just behind the eye. The hyomandibular (Pls. HII, VII, fig. 1, hm.) is deep and narrow, and its outer face bears a large, thin laminar ridge bordering the anterior edge of the preoperculum, as in Beryx. A small symplectic bone (sy.) is exposed on the outer face of the suspensorium, and fits im a notch of the quadrate (qgu.). The palato-pterygoid arcade is partly shown in fig. 1 of Pls. III and VII, but is much obscured in both and incomplete at its upper margin in the latter, where the entopterygoid is wanting. It evidently resembles the corresponding arcade of Beryx, but the mner face of the deep laminar palatine ( p/.) bears a more extended patch of minute teeth, which is continued on the anterior end of the ectopterygoid (ecpt.). The premaxilla ( pm.) completely excludes the maxilla froin the upper border of the mouth on each side, but only a very narrow margin is exposed when the maxilla rests naturally upon it. The straight oral border of the bone is widened and bears a broad band of minute, blunt teeth throughout its length, well seen from the inner aspect in PI. III, fig. 3. Its overlapped middle portion is produced upwards into a small, thin wing (fig. 1, pinv., fig. 5); while its anterior end is sharply upturned in a forked process. he manilla (mv.) is almost or quite smooth, with a large, sharply upturned process in front, and a small triangular expansion behind. Its anterior process bears at the upper extremity a convex facette for articulation with the palatine; and the hinder half of the upper border of the bone is overlapped by two supramaxille. Of these the posterior » ia) 18 FOSSIL FISHES OF THE ENGLISH CHALK. plate, imperfectly preserved in the original of Pl. IT, fig. 1 (sme. 2), is quadrangular, almost twice as long as deep, and marked on its outer face by rows of coarse tubercles and rugee, which are mainly disposed in an antero-posterior direction. Its antero-superior angle is produced forwards into a sharply pointed stylet above the very small, triangular anterior supramaxilla (smw. 1), which is similarly orna- mented. The mandible is deep, especially in the coronoid region, and the lower half of its outer face, immediately above the tuberculated lower edge, is impressed with a deep, continuous fossa for the slime-canal. Above this fossa the longitudinal median ridge is coarsely tuberculated, especially where it expands a little on the angular bone (ag.) and exhibits a disposition of the tubercles in oblique rows directed downwards and backwards. Above this mdge the bone is again smooth, and the widened, overhanging edge of the dentary ((/.) bears a band of minute, blunt teeth like those of the premaxilla. The deep and large hyoid arch, seen from the imner side in Pl. VII, fig. 1 (partly shown also in Pl. III, fig. 1), 1s suspended from the lower end of the hyo- mandibular (Hi.) by a long and slender stylohyal or interhyal (zh.). The triangular epihyal (eph.) is relatively small; and the large ceratohyal (ch.) has a broad plate of bone connecting the two upper extremities of the ordinary hour-glass-shaped element. The short and deep hypohyal (hy.) is subdivided into two pieces by a transverse suture, the larger piece bemg below. Fragmentary remains of a large, thin, laminar urohyal are also observable in several specimens. ‘The whole arch is indeed closely similar to that of Beryz. The greater part of the cheek is covered by the ring of circumorbital plates (Pl. IIT, fig. 1, co.), which are small and narrow behind the eye but much extended below. Their orbital margin is everted and tuberculated, while their lower margin, immediately above the maxilla, is clearly serrated; but the middle portion of all the plates is quite smooth and forms a deep channel for the reception of the slime- apparatus. The shape of the relatively large anterior circumorbital is well shown in Pl. ILI, fig. 1 (ao.) ; and it appears to have been articulated with the prefrontal. Scales are very rarely seen.on the cheek behind the circumorbital ring, but they seem to have been present (B. M. no. 25863). The opercular apparatus is complete, and satisfactorily observed both im Pl. III, fig. 1, and in a specimen described. and figured in the ‘ Catal. Foss. Fishes Brit. Mus.,’ pt. iv, p. 400, pl. xvi, fig. 4. The preoperculum ( pop.) tapers to the upper end of the hyomandibular and gradually curves forwards at its lower end, without much expansion of the rounded angle. It is deeply grooved for the slime-canal, and the two thin edges of the bone bounding this fossa are delicately serrated. The operculum (op.) is much deeper than wide, and its hinder border is produced into two short and broad spines, of which the upper is connected by a strong ridge with the point of suspension. Its outer face is marked with a tubercular and rugose ornament radiating from the same point. The suboperculum, almost want- HOPLOPTERYX. 19 ing in the original of PI. IIT, fig. 1, is relatively small and triangular in shape, with a prominent anterior ascending process. It is ornamented lke the operculum. The interoperculum (/op.) 1s of remarkable extent, and more coarsely ornamented with shehtly radiating tuberculated ridges. Nine branchiostegal rays have been distinctly observed (B. M. no. 49045). The vertebral column comprises 10 (or perhaps 11) vertebrae im the abdominal region, and 14 vertebree in the caudal region. It is essentially similar to that of Beryx, and the greater part of it, with imperfect arches, is shown in the original of Pl. 1V, fig. 1. The foremost vertebral centra (wanting in fig. 1) are very short and deep, without transverse processes, but with stout neural spines sharply pointed at the upper end. The five posterior abdominal vertebrze, with centra as long as deep, bear laminar transverse processes, which are inclined downwards as well as outwards, and increase in size backwards. Their neural spines are antero- posteriorly compressed, so appear very thin in side-view in fig. 1. The ribs are rather slender. The posterior abdominal centra, hke the caudals, are impressed by two large lateral pits separated by a broad median longitudinal ridge, which is also impressed by smaller longitudinally-extended pits. The neural and hemal arches in the caudal region are stout and sharply inclined backwards; and a speci- men figured by Agassiz, tom. cit., pl. xiv d, fig. 5, shows the characteristic expan- sion of the arches at the base of the tail. The penultimate and antepenultimate heemal spines seem to form stouter expansions than in Berye. The pectoral arch is suspended from the cranium by a large post-temporal, of which only a fragment is shown in Pl. III, fig. 1, ptt. The greater part of this element is a thin vertical lamina, with curved and serrated upper border, strengthened by a ridge on its inner face (Pl. VII, fig. 1, ptt.), and connected with the epiotic by a slender bar (B. M. nos. P. 5688, P. 5694). It exhibits a thickened articulation with the supraclavicle (sc/.), which is deeper than broad, with a straight and thickened anterior border. The upper half of the sigmoidally- bent clavicle (Pl. ITI, fig. 1, cl.), above the pectoral fin, is expanded into a thin lamina, which is about twice as deep as broad and ornamented with fine vermicu- latmg ridges—finer than those on the opercular bones. The long, rod-shaped post- clavicle almost reaches the ventral border of the fish (B. M. no. P. 5692). The small scapula (Pl. III, fig. 1) is pierced by an oval foramen. The pectoral fin- rays (pet.) are comparatively delicate, probably short and about eleven in number. Of the pelvic fins only a fragment is shown in PI. ITI, fig. 1, plv. When apparently complete, each is observed to comprise a stout spime and six articulated rays, the latter scarcely if at all longer than the former. ‘The dorsal fin (PI. III, fig. 1, do.) arises above the insertion of the paired fins, and was evidently not subdivided. Its anterior portion consists of six spines, which gradually increase in length back- wards, are longitudinally ridged or fluted, and are borne by very stout winged supports. These spines are imperfect in the original of PI. III, fig. 1, and in most 20 FOSSIL FISHES OF THE ENGLISH CHALK. specimens ; but when complete the length of the longest spine nearly equals one third the maximum depth of the trunk, and its length seems to be scarcely exceeded by that of the foremost of the articulated rays, which were probably about eight to ten in number. ‘The anal fin arises shghtly nearer to the pelvic pair than to the caudal fin and is provided with four fluted spines (PI. ITI, fig. 4), which gradually increase in length so that the longest is about as large as the longest dorsal spine. Beyond the spines only fragments of articulated rays are seen in PI. III, fig. 4; but another specimen in the British Museum (no. 49056) clearly exhibits seven supports for such rays in its anal fin. The caudal fin has never been completely observed, but some specimens show that it must have been forked. The scales are large, thin, and deeply overlapping ; and those of the flank are deeper than broad. Their hinder border is gently rounded and very finely pectinated, but the greater part of their exposed face is delicately rugose. Their inner face sometimes exhibits a few tuberculations. The number of scales in a transverse series on the flank of the abdominal region is about 11. The course of the lateral line is marked by a smooth triangular prominence on each scale of the series traversed, which is the ninth from the ventral border in the abdominal region (PI. III, fig. 1, /i.). Horizons and Localities.—Zones of Holaster subglobosus to Terebratulina gracilis : neighbourhood of Lewes, Sussex; neighbourhood of Burham, Kent. Zone of Holaster subglobosus : Folkestone and Dover, Kent. Zone of Terebratulina gracilis : Cuxton, Kent. Zone of Micraster cor-testudinarium: Purley and Guildford, Surrey. 2. Hoplopteryx superbus (Dixon). Plate IV, figs. 2, 3; Plates V, VI; Plate VII, figs. 2—5. 1850. Beryzx superbus, F. Dixon, Geol. Sussex, p. 372, pl. xxxvi, fig. 5. 1887. Hoplopteryx superbus, J. W. Davis, Trans. Roy. Dublin Soc. [2], vol. ii, p. 514. 1888. Hoplopteryx superbus, A. S. Woodward, Proc. Geol. Assoc., vol. x, p. 328. 1901. Hoplopteryx superbus, A. 8S. Woodward, Catal. Foss. Fishes B. M., pt. iv, p. 403. Type.—Imperfect fish from one of the Turonian zones ; British Museum. Specific Characters.—A large species, attaining a length of about 45 em., with fins apparently similar to those of H. lewesiensis but the trunk shghtly more elongated and the scales relatively larger and more strongly ornamented than in the latter species. Operculum less than twice as deep as broad. Lateral line travers- ing the sixth or seventh longitudinal series of scales above the ventral border. Description of Specimens.—Vhe type specimen in the Dixon Collection (B. M. no. 25959), from Southeram, near Lewes, shows the greater part of the trunk with remains of the median fins, and is imperfectly represented of half the natural size HOPLOPTERYX. 21 in Dixon’s figure. The maximum depth of the trunk is shown to be considerably less than the length from the pectoral arch to the base of the caudal fin; and the origin of the dorsal and anal fins is seen to be as in H. leiesiensis. The large characteristic scales are much abraded, so that they appear pitted and their hinder pectinations are fainter than they are proved to have been by better-preserved specimens. The lateral hne clearly passes along the sixth or seventh longitudinal series above the ventral border ; and it is conspicuously marked by small, smooth, triangular eminences chiefly on the covered part of the scales traversed. The general form of the fish in side-view is better shown by another specimen in the British Museum, which is represented of one-half the natural size in Pl. IV, fig. 3. The trunk is much laterally compressed as usual; but, when seen from below (Pl. IV, fig. 2), the ventral face of the abdominal region is observed to be flattened as far back as the pelvic fins (plv.), whence the ventral border forms an acute ridge to the origin of the anal fin (a.). Some of the principal characters of the head are exhibited by the distorted specimen represented in Pl. VI. The large triangular depression at the back of the cranium is distinct, and the small, thin crest of the supraoccipital (socc.) rises from its floor. Traces of the small scales investing this region are also seen. The supraorbital flange of the frontal bone (spb.) 1s conspicuous, though imperfect at the edge; and the tubercular ornament of the cranial roof seems to have resembled that of H. lewesiensis. The jaws agree precisely with those of the latter species, except that there are some traces of tubercles along the exposed edge of the anterior half of the maxilla (mv.). Another specimen, on the slab photographed in Pl. V, shows that there are minute clustered teeth on the palatines and also on the thickened end of the vomer, as in Beryv. The large lower circumorbital plate in the specimen figured (ao.) appears similar to that of H. lewesiensis ; but other examples (¢. g.. Pl. VII, fig. 2) seem to show that, when unbroken, the everted edge of this plate is relatively wider than in the latter species and rather finely tuberculated. On the cheek behind and below the circumorbitals there are small pectinated scales, as indicated by remains of a second fish preserved on the same block of chalk as the specimen figured. The anterior ridge of the preoperculum (pop.) seems to exhibit a slightly sharper bend at the angle than in H. lewesiensis ; and the operculum (op.) is a little wider im proportion to its depth than in the latter species. The sharp indent between the two flat spines of the operculum is also noteworthy. Its ornamentation is more variable than usual in species of Hoplopteryx. Sometimes the discontinuous oblique ridges and tubercles shown in Pl. VI become fused into smooth and regular, nearly parallel ridges (as on one operculum in the left lower corner of Pl. V). Sometimes there are fine vermicu- lating rugee between the prominent ridges (B. M. no. P. 3982). Seven branchio- stegal rays are exhibited by one specimen on the slab represented in the photograph, Pl. V, and there may have been more. 22 * FOSSIL FISHES OF THE ENGLISH CHALK. The vertebral column is partly shown in PI. VI, and so far as preserved in this and other specimens it closely resembles that of H. lewesiensis. The anterior abdominal vertebre are clearly destitute of transverse processes. The ribs are rather stout (B. M. no. P. 7653). The outer plate of the clavicle (Pl. VI, ¢/.) exhibits an ornament in its hinder half as coarse as that of the operculum. The lower portion of the bone is much expanded into a transverse lamina (B. M. no. P. 9153). The pectoral fin seems to have been as small and delicate as in H. lewesiensis. The pelvic fin has a very stout, ribbed anterior spine followed by seven articulated rays. The bases of only six of these rays are seen in Pl. VI, plv., but the complete number is indicated in PIL. IV, fig. 2, plv. The dorsal fin is imperfectly known, but in the type specimen its anterior portion evidently consists of about six very stout, ribbed spines, and these are followed by at least seven equally stout articulated rays. The anal fin comprises four ribbed spines and seven articulated rays (B. M. no. 39431). Of the caudal fin only fragments are known. The scales are large, rather thick, and deeply overlapping; and those of the flank are deeper than broad. Their overlapped portion has a truncated anterior border, towards which a few grooves radiate from the centre of the scale, as shown in Pl. VII, figs. 3, 4. Their exposed portion, when unabraded, is coarsely rugose and strongly pectinated at the posterior border, as indicated in the same figures. Their inner face bears a cluster of large, rounded tubercles, as shown in the counterpart of the type specimen (PI. VII, fig. 5). There are about 24 transverse series of scales on the trunk, each comprising 10 or 11 scales, of which the sixth or seventh above the ventral border is traversed by the lateral line. Some small scales, as already mentioned, extend over a portion of the cheek; and a few are seen covering part of the antero-superior margin of the operculum (B. M. nos. 39451, P. 7653). The greater part of a unique slab of chalk in the Beckles Collection (B. M. no. P. 9153), covered with remains of several individuals of Hoplopterya superbus, 1s shown of one half the natural size in the photograph, Pl. V. These fishes seem to have been suddenly destroyed and rapidly buried before there was much oppor- tunity for decay. The principal specimen near the middle of the slab displays a widely gaping mouth, and the head partly torn from the trunk. Nearly all the specimens retain their original rotundity. A ventral view of the fish at the lower border of the slab is given in Pl. IV, fig. 2, already described. Hovizous and Loealities—Zones of Rhynchonella Cuviert and Terebratulina gracilis: neighbourhood of Lewes, Sussex. Probably same zones in Burham district, Kent. I HOPLOPTERYX. 23 3. Hoplopteryx simus, sp. nov. Plate VIII, figs. 1—4; Text-figure 5 c. 1837-39. Beryx ornatus, L. Agassiz (errore), Poiss. Foss., vol. iv, p. 117, pl. xivd, fig. 2. Type.—Imperfect head; British Museum. Specific Characters.——An impertectly known species, probably not exceeding 20 em. in length. Length of head with opercular apparatus considerably less than the maximum depth of the trunk. Tubercular and rugose ornament of external bones very coarse, the rounded tubercles being especially large on the shortened snout. Operculum twice as deep as broad. Scales moderately thick, with short but coarse pectinations at the hinder border; all the scales smaller than usual in the genus, probably almost 20 in a transverse series on the trunk; the lateral line traversing about the fourteenth longitudinal series above the ventral border. Description of Specimens.—The type specimen (B. M. no. 49073) displays remains of a head of the typical Hoploptery«-type, with unusually coarse and strongly-developed ornament, which is very conspicuous on the shortened snout, and is so much developed on the lower part of the mandible as to form bridges over its slime-canal and thus partially subdivide it (Pl. VIII, fig. 3). A similar head in association with remains of the greater part of the trunk (B. M. no. P. 387) shows that the fish must have had much the same proportions as H. leiwesieisis, with an inferiorly-flattened abdominal region. Other imperfect examples of the head in the British Museum display nearly all its principal characters, and show the curiously shortened form of the cranium (Text-fig. 5c). A fracture in B. M. no. P. 5700 reveals evidence of a basicranial eanal. The smooth floor of the extensive depression of which the supraoccipital forms a large part, is exhibited in one specimen (PI. VIII, fig. 1, soce.) ; and its lateral bounding wall, ornamented externally at the upper edge by large rounded tubercles, is shown in other specimens (e. g., Pl. VIII, fig. 2, 7.). In advance of the anterior apex of this cavity the frontals (fig. 1, fr.) are thickened by a mass of large, smooth tubercles, which cluster round a pair of anterior frontal slime-pits (11) and spread outwards into a similar tuberculation and thickening of the supraorbital flange. The mesethmoid (eth.), which is about twice as broad as long, completes the cranium in front, with a re-entering angle for the ascending processes of the premaxille. Its anterior and lateral borders are also much thickened by a cluster of large rounded tubercles, which bound another pair of slme-pits (11). These are somewhat larger than the anterior frontal pits, and each is directly connected with the latter of the same side by a foramen through the imtervening barrier, which evidently corresponds with the thin spicular bridge of bone occupying the same position in /1/. lewesieisis. The mouth is as large as in H. lewesiensis, but there are differences mm the shape 24, FOSSIL FISHES OF THE ENGLISH CHALK. and ornamentation of the bones. The middle portion of the premaxilla (figs. 1, 1a, pm.) 18 less elevated into a prominence than in the latter species.. The posterior supramaxilla (fig. 1 a, sm. 2) is about three times as long as deep; while its orna- ment of longitudinal rugee and tubercles is continued over the outer face of the maxilla (ma.). The mandible exhibits its usual ornamented ridge ; but the orna-— ment consists of very large tubercles, which extend over a series of bridges span- ning the longitudinal shme-canal to the lower border of the jaw. The mandibular slime-canal thus appears as if it were subdivided into a series of pits (fig. 3). There are six branchiostegal rays attached to the right ceratohyal of the type specimen. The circumorbital cheek-plates exhibit their usual development (fig. 1 a, co.) ; but the everted rim of the lower circumorbital (ao.) which is coarsely tuberculated, is notably wide. The inferior margin of this circumorbital bears oblique pectina- tions. The postero-inferior part of the cheek is covered with small scales (s.), which are thickened by a few coarse pectinations and tubercles at their hinder border. The opercular apparatus is more coarsely ornamented than in H. lewesiensis, and the hinder border of the operculum (fig. 2, op.) is curiously excavated immediately above its large spine. Between the main ridges of the ornamentation there are also very fine vermiculating ridges, of which those on the operculum are chiefly directed downwards and backwards. The anterior part of the vertebral column is partly shown by a specimen in the Mantell Collection (no. 4004), which is figured by Agassiz, tom. cit., pl. xiv d, fig. 2. This fossil clearly belongs to H. simus, although the head is very fragmen- tary and most of the ornamented face of the outer bones is destroyed. The verte- bree exposed resemble those of H. lewesiensis, but the four anterior caudal centra are perhaps a little shorter and deeper than in the latter species. The fins are only known by unsatisfactory fragments ; but one specimen (B. M. no. P. 387) seems to show that the pelvic, dorsal, and anal fins were situated as in H. lewesiensis, while there were six ribbed dorsal spines. The same specimen shows part of the squamation. The scales are smaller than usual in the genus, and there were probably about twenty in each transverse series on the flank of the abdominal region. ‘The lateral line (PI. VIII, fig. 4, /.) forms a very prominent smooth ridge on each scale of about the fourteenth longitudinal row aboye the ventral border. The hinder margin of the scales is usually destroyed, but when well preserved it bears a few short, coarse pectinations. Horizons and Localities—Probably zone of Holaster subglobosus : neighbourhood of Burham, Kent; Dorking, Surrey; Clayton, Sussex. Probably a Turonian zone: Lewes, Sussex. One specimen in the Brighton Museum (Willett Collection no. 63) is labelled “* Upper Chalk, Brighton.” “ae HOMONOTUS. 2: Or Genus HOMONOTUS, Dixon. Homonotus, F. Dixon, Geol. Sussex, 1850, p. 372. Generic Characters.—Trunk deepened and laterally compressed, with rounded ventral border. Frontal region of skull not deeply ridged; jaws with minute clustered teeth; orbit small or of moderate size ; preoperculum without spine, only serrated ; operculum produced into one long spine behind. Pelvic fins, with one spine and 6 divided rays, arising below the origin of the pectorals ; dorsal fin much extended, its anterior portion comprising at least 12 long and slender spines, which are not pressed closely together ; anal fin with 4 large spines. Scales pectinated, rather large and thin, none much enlarged or thickened; lateral line forming a conspicuous ridge. Type Species.—Homonotus dorsalis from the English Chalk. 1. Homonotus dorsalis, Dixon. Plate VII, figs. 6,7; Plate VIII, figs. 6, 7. 1850. Homonotus dorsalis, F. Dixon, Geol. Sussex, p. 372, pl. xxxv, fig. 2. 1888. Homonotus dorsalis, A. 8S. Woodward, Proc. Geol. Assoc., vol. x, p. 329. 1901. Homonotus dorsalis, A. 8. Woodward, Catal. Foss. Fishes B. M, pt. iv, p. 408. Type.—Imperfect fish from Malling, Sussex; Willett Collection, Brighton Museum. Specific Characters.—The type species, probably attaiming a length of about 15 em. Length of head with opercular apparatus less than the maximum depth of the trunk and exceeding half its leneth from the pectoral arch to the base of the caudal fin. Length of longest dorsal fin-spines equalling about half the maximum depth of the trunk, and longest anal fin-spme somewhat shorter. About 13 scales in a transverse series on the abdominal region, those of the ventral half the more strongly ornamented. Description of Specimens.—This is a rare species known by the type in the Brighton Museum, by a small series of specimens in the British Museum, and by three others in the collection of Dr. H. P. Blackmore, Salisbury. The general proportions of the fish may be inferred from the type and from two imperfect specimens in the British Museum, nos. 43264 and P.1952a. There is also an imperfect small fish from the zone of Holaster subglobosus at Burham (B. M. no. 41673), which may perhaps be an immature individual of the same species. No. 43264 is shown ‘of the natural size in Pl. VIII, fig. 7, and is some- what elongated by the distortion of the head and tail. The head with opercular apparatus is about as long as deep. Its length equals less than the maximum depth of the trunk, but more than half the length from the pectoral arch to the A, 26 FOSSIL FISHES OF THE ENGLISH CHALK. base of the caudal fin. The depth of the caudal pedicle seems to be contained nearly three times in the maximum depth of the abdominal region. he fish must have been much laterally compressed. As shown by the type specimen and by B. M. no. P. 1952, the head in side- view is triangular, with a sharply pomted snout. The cranium is bent above the middle of the orbit ; and its short hinder portion, over which the muscles originally extended, is surmounted by a deep and triangular, laminar, median longitudinal crest (Pl. VIII, fig. 6, socc.). The frontal profile is steep and straight. The frontal bones are partly shown from above in Pl. VIII, fig. 7 (fr.), and do not bear any large shme-cavities. ‘The orbit is not very large, its depth being less than half that of the head without the crest. The cheek-plates are imperfectly known; but there is a large anterior suborbital (Pl. VIII, figs. 6, 7, ao.), which is ridged on its outer face by the radiating branches of the sensory canal and is strongly serrated on its lower margin. ‘The mandibular suspensorium is inclined forwards so that the articulation of the mandible is not behind the middle of the orbit. The long, slender premaxilla (Pl. VIII, fig. 6, pm.) completely excludes the maxilla (mv.) from the gape, as usual; and the latter element terminates behind in a smooth triangular expansion, which is smaller in a typical specimen (B. M. no. 33230) than in the doubtful small fish from Burham (Pl. VIII, fig. 6, me.). The large hinder supramaxilla is ornamented with longitudinal rugee on the left side of B. M. no. 33230, while in the Burham specimen it is smooth (sma.). When well preserved, as in no. 33230 (Pl. VII, fig. 7, md.), the mandible exhibits a deep, longitudinally extended fossa on its outer face for the accumulation of shme round the sensory canal. The bounding ridges are coarsely crenulated. The teeth are minute, uniform in size, and clustered im both jaws. The opercular apparatus is best known by fragments on the right side of B. M. no. 33250. The preoperculum is deep and narrow, curved rather than sharply bent at its angle, which does not bear a spine. It is traversed by a deep groove for the sensory canal, and the bounding ridges are coarsely though regularly serrated. The operculum, also partly shown on the left side of the same specimen (Pl. VII, fig. 7, op.), must have been shaped nearly like that of Hoplopteryx, but with only one long and acute spine projecting from its hinder margin in the upper portion. Its outer face is covered with delicate rugee which tend to radiate back- wards and downwards; and with this ornament are interspersed in the hinder half a few short radiating ridges, of which the largest passes into the prominent spine. The suboperculum is not satisfactorily known, but the imteroperculum is ornamented with coarse radiating ridges. Five branchiostegal rays are observable, but there were probably more. The vertebral column seems to comprise 10 vertebrz in the abdominal region, and probably about 14 in the caudal region. So far as known, the vertebree resemble those of Beryw and Hoplopterye. A few of the caudals are especially oa HOMONOTUS. 27 well exposed in B. M. no. 39074, and the separate laminar neural spines at the base of the caudal fin are seen (PI. VII, fig. 6). In the pectoral arch the clavicle is much expanded above the base of the fin, and this exposed lamina (Pl. VII, figs. 6, 7, cl.) is ornamented with fine rugee which pass into coarser pectinations at its hinder border. Only sheht traces of the pectoral fin have been observed, and it must have been small and delicate. The pelvic fins are inserted directly beneath the pectoral pair, and distinctly comprise seven robust rays, of which the foremost seems to be a stout, longitudinally ridged spine (Pl. VII, figs. 6,7, plv.). The length of these rays is indicated by remains in the original of Pl. VIII, fig. 7 (plv.). The median fins are only known by frag- ments, and the total number of rays is uncertam. The counterpart half of a specimen in the Dixon Collection (B. M. no. 25910) appears to show that there are 12 dorsal fin-spines, all slender and impressed with at least one longitudinal groove. The first 5 or 6 spines gradually increase in length; and the length of the others equals about half the maximum depth of the trunk. The proportions of some of these spines are shown in Pl. VII, figs. 6, 7, and Pl. VIII, fig. 7. The spines of the anal fin (Pl. VII, figs. 6, 7, a.) are rather stouter than those of the dorsal fin. Whey are four in number, with separate supports (Pl. VIII, fig. 7, a.), and eradually increase in length to the fourth, which is not so long as the longest dorsal spines. The articulated rays in the dorsal and anal fins are scarcely known, but two specimens show that the extent of the anal fin equalled at least the length of nine vertebree. The caudal fin is also known only by fragments (¢.g., Pl. VIII, fie. 7, c.), but it must have been rather large and forked. The seales (Pl. VII, fig. 6a) are large, thin, and deeply overlapping; none extend over the head or fins. Their number seems to be about thirteen in a trans- verse series on the flank of the abdominal region. Their hinder border is gently rounded, and their exposed face is marked with radiating pectinations, which are most conspicuous on the ventral scales of the abdominal region. As shown by the original of Pl. VII, fig. 7, the ventral border is rounded, without modified ridge- scales. The course of the lateral line is marked by a rounded ridge on each of the scales traversed, and this ridge is still prominent quite at the end of the caudal pedicle (Pl. VII, fig. 7). Horizons and Localities.—The type specimen seems to have been obtained from the zone either of Rhynchonella Cuviert or of Terebratulina gracilis at Malling, near Lewes, Sussex. The small specimen in the British Museum, already mentioned, was probably found in the zone of Holaster subglobosus at Burham, Kent. The species, however, occurs more commonly in one of the higher zones of the Chalk, pro- bably in that of Micraster coranguinum : Bromley, Northfleet, and Gravesend, Kent ; Micheldever, Hampshire. It has also been obtained by Dr. H. P. Blackmore from the zone of Actinocamax quadratus at Hast Harnham, and from the Uintacrinus- band of the zone of Marsupites near Salisbury. 28 FOSSIL FISHES OF THE ENGLISH CHALK. 2. Homonotus rotundus, sp. nov. Plate VII, fig. 8. T'ype.—Distorted fish; British Museum. Specific Characters.-—A smaller species than the type of the genus with more deepened trunk. Length of longest dorsal fin-spines not exceeding one-third the maximum depth of the trunk; fourth anal fin-spine at least as long as the longest dorsal fin-spine. Description of Specimens.—This small fish is known by two small specimens in the British Museum, the largest (no. P. 5682) representing an individual perhaps 10 cm. in total leneth, with a maximum depth of about 4em. The dorsal region of another fish as large as the latter is also preserved in Mr. Dibley’s collection. The type specimen, which is much distorted, is shown of the natural size m Pl. VU, fig. 8. Its head is almost destroyed, the remains only comprising recognis- able portions of the pectimated antorbital. The trunk must have been originally almost orbicular with a much contracted caudal pedicle. The vertebral column is distorted, but so far as it can be compared, it resembles that of H. dorsalis. The dorsal fin (d.) clearly extends along the greater part of the back, and its anterior portion consists of 12 slender spines, each marked with a longitudinal groove and fixed to a winged support. The foremost four of these spines rapidly increase in length, the next four are about equal, and the last four are slightly the longest. The length even of the latter must have been contained at least three times in the maximum depth of the trunk. Behind the spines there seem to be traces of not less than 15 articulated dorsal fin-rays, arranged in a series extending quite to the base of the contracted caudal pedicle. Among the remains of the anal fin (a.) the fourth anterior spine is well preserved, and it is as long as either of the four hinder- most dorsal fin-spines. It is followed by not less than 13 articulated rays, and the anal fin must have terminated exactly opposite the end of the dorsal fn. The scales are large and thin, as usual, and some of them exhibit traces of their hinder pectination. The larger specimens already mentioned do not display any additional characters of the species. B.M. no. P. 5682 exhibits the triangular supraoccipital crest of the skull. Horizons and Localities—The type specimen was obtained by the late Mr. Harris of Charing from Page’s Pit, Westwell, near Charing, Kent, and evidently belongs to the zone of Holaster subglobosus. The larger specimen, from the Harford Collection, is of uncertain origin. Mr. Dibley’s specimen was discovered in the zone of Holaster subglobosus, Blue Bell Hill, Burham. bo oe) TRACHICHTHYOIDES. Genus TRACHICHTHYOIDES, novum. Generic Characters——Frontal region of skull depressed and flattened, with a shallow, antero-posteriorly elongated, rhombic depression occupying its middle portion; ethmoidal region very small; mouth small, with minute clustered teeth ; orbit of moderate size; preoperculum without spine, only serrated; operculum irregularly triangular in shape, its hinder margin being produced into one very prominent broad spme. Scales pectinated, extending over the cheek. Type Species —Trachichthyoides ornatus, from the Chalk of Kent. Remarks.—This genus is as yet known only by the head, which seems to have been very similar to that of the existing genera T'rachichthys and Gephyroberya, but lacks the preopercular spine. 1. Trachichthyoides ornatus, sp. nov. Plate VIII, fig. 5. Type.—Imperfect head ; British Museum. Specific Characters.—Maximum width of cranium slightly exceeding half its length; cranial ridges and supraorbital border finely rugose and tubercular. Maximum width of operculum equalling two-thirds of its depth. Description of Specimen.—The unique fossil on which this species is founded, is shown of the natural size from the left lateral and superior aspects in Pl. VIII, figs. 5, 5a. The cranium is well preserved, shown a little obliquely m fig. 5, directly from above in fig. 5a. The parietal-squamosal region is very short, and there is no supraoccipital crest rismg above the plane of the flattened cranial roof. The occipital plane slopes backwards and downwards. The large frontal bones (fr.) are divided by a persistent median suture, and do not taper in front, where each is obliquely truncated. Each expands at the outer side into a supraorbital flange, and this is connected by a ridge with a bent longitudinal ridge, which bounds a shallow slime-cavity in the middle of the cranial roof. Another short ridge extends from the chief frontal ridge to the pterotic region; and on the floor of a shallow slime-cavity in the anterior half of the frontal bone an oval vacuity is conspicuous. The supraorbital border and all the ridges are ornamented with fine though prominent tubercles and vermiculating rug. A fragment of the mesethmoid (eth.) proves this element to have been comparatively small and narrow. Remains of the circumorbital ring of cheek-plates (co.) exhibit a broad, everted orbital rim, which is ornamented like the ridges of the cranium and over- hangs a deep channel for the slime of the sensory apparatus. The largest plate beneath the eye is serrated on its lower edge. Behind and below the cireumorbital ring, the cheek is covered with strongly pectinated scales (s.). The depth of the 30 FOSSIL FISHES OF THE ENGLISH CHALK. orbit in the fossil is evidently reduced by crushing, and the remains of the jaws are somewhat displaced; but the suspensorium must have been inclined a little forwards, with the articulation for the mandible beneath the middle of the eye. The jaws, so far as preserved, resemble those of Hoplopterya, with the same con- spicuously ornamented supramaxilla (smv. 2). The preoperculum (pop.) also resembles that of Hoplopteryx, with rounded angle and strongly pectinated hinder border. The well-preserved operculum (op.) shows traces of scales covering its antero-superior edge, but the greater part of it is exposed and ornamented with strong, short, rounded ridges, which are directed backwards. Two larger ridges beneath these extend from the point of suspension of the operculum to its great flattened posterior spine. The suboperculum (sop.) is relatively small, with ridged ornament directed downwards and backwards ; while the interoperculum, exposed on the right side of the fossil, is large and similarly ornamented. The deep ceratohyal, shaped hke that of Hoplopteryx, bears some large branchiostegal rays. The expanded upper lamina of the clavicle (c/.) and the scales are very strongly pectinated. The pectoral fin-rays ( pet.) must have been delicate. Horizon and Locality.—Vhe matrix of the type and only known specimen in the Bowerbank Collection much resembles the marly chalk of the zone of Holaster subglobosus. It is labelled as having been obtained from Bromley, Kent. Suborder APODES. Family Morano. Genus URENCHELYS, A. 8. Woodward. Urenchelys, A. S. Woodward, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. [7], vol. v, 1900, p. 322. Generic Characters.—Teeth small, bluntly conical, and arranged in numerous series. Slender branchiostegal rays not curving round the opercular apparatus. Vertebrze somewhat exceeding 100 in number, the hindermost bearing a pair of expanded hypural bones. Pectoral fins present; dorsal fin arising immediately behind the occiput and extending to the caudal fin, which has stouter rays and is very small but separate. Scales rudimentary. Type Species.—Urenchelys avus, from the Upper Cretaceous of Sahel Alma, Mount Lebanon. Remarks.—This genus is interesting as comprising the oldest known eels, which differ from all the Tertiary and existing eels in still retaining the caudal fin. Nearly complete specimens of two species have been obtained from the Upper Cretaceous of Mount Lebanon ;' but only imperfect skulls have hitherto been dis- 1 Urenchelys avus and U. hakelensis, A. 8S. Woodward, Catal. Foss. Fishes B. M., pt. iv, 1901, pp. 337—339, pl. xviii, figs. 1—3. URENCHELYS. 31 covered in the English Chalk. The latter fossils are provisionally ascribed to Urenchelys on account of their dentition and their general resemblance to the corresponding parts of the species from the Lebanon. 1. Urenchelys anglicus, A. 8. Woodward. Plate IX, figs. 1—3. 1900. Urenchelys anglicus, A. S. Woodward, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. [7], vol. v, p. 321, pl. ix, fig. 1. 1901. Urenchelys anglicus, A. S. Woodward, Catal. Foss. Fishes B. M., pt. iv, p. 339. Type. Museum. Imperfect head from a Turonian zone; Willett Collection, Brighton Specific Characters—An imperfectly known and comparatively large species, the skull attaining a length of about 7 cm. Head much deeper in proportion to its length than in the type species. Description of Specimens.—Vhe type specimen is the only nearly complete head yet discovered, and is represented of the natural size from both sides in Pl. LX, figs. 1, la. The information it affords is partly confirmed, partly supplemented by two other fragments evidently of the same species in the British Museum. The cranium is shown to be very narrow and elongated, and its constituent bones are remarkably stout. Its roof in the parietal and frontal regions rises into a sharp median longitudinal ridge, and the occipital border is also raised. The parietal bones (pa.), as usual, meet in the middle line, but the shape of the suture between these and the frontals is uncertain. The squamosal bone on each side (Pl. IX, fig. 2, sq.) is traversed by a deep longitudinal slime-canal and extends in a slender pointed extremity nearly as far forwards as the anterior end of the frontals. The alisphenoidal ossification (as.) is seen below. There is a sharp post-orbital prominence (fig. 1, sp.), evidently formed by the cartilage-postfrontal or sphenotic. The precise shape of the ethmoidal rostral region (fig. 1, eth.) is not shown in either of the known specimens; but its total length seems to be about half that of the whole cranium. — — sLaminosus, J. Miller. Petref. Aachen. Kreideformat., pt. 1, p. 31. 1848. — oORBICULARIS, H. G. Bronn. Index Paleont., vol. i, p. 928. 1850. -- — H. B. Geinitz. Das Quadersandst. oder Kreidegeb. in Deutschland, p. 180. — -— — A. @Orbigny. Prodr. de Pal., vol. 11, p. 169. ? 1852 — — R. Kner. Denkschr. d. k. Akad. d. Wissensch. Math.-nat. Classe, vol. ii, p. 315. 1854. — — J. Morris. Cat. Brit. Foss., ed. 2, p. 177. 1855. — — G. Cotteaw. Moll. Foss. de l’Yonne, p. 116. 1863. -- —- A. v. Strombeck. Zeitschr. d. deutsch. geol. Gesellsch., vol. xv, p. 108. 1868. — _- Ei. Kichwald. Letheea Rossica, vol. ii, p. 423, pl. xx, fig. 4. 1869. — suBLAminosus, HE. Favre. Moll. Foss. Craie de Lemberg, p. 148, pl. xin, fig. 1. 1870. — orsicuLaRis, I’. J. Pictet and G. Campiche. Foss. Terr. Crét. Ste. Croix (Matér. Pal. Suisse, ser. 5), p. 206. = = — W. A. Ooster. Protoz. Helvet., vol. ii, p. 57. 1871. — (SyncycLoneMA) orsicuLaRis, F. Stoliczka. Paleont. Indica, Cret. Fauna 8. India, vol. ii, p. 428. 1872. — uamrinosus, H. B. Geinitz. Das Elbthalgeb. in Sachsen (Palxonto- graphica, vol. xx, pt. 1), p. 192, pl. xl, fig. 14. 1875. — opercuLARIS, W. Dames. Zeitschr. d. deutsch. geol. Gesellsch., vol. xxv, p. 68; ibid, vol. am p. 763 (foot-note). 1874. — (Amusium) orsicutartis, Dames. Ibid., vol. xxvi, p. 763. 1881. ? 1889. 1893. P 1894. 1895. 19C0. Non 1827. — 1846. PECTEN. 147 PrEcTEN LAMINOSUS, Dames. Ibid., p. 764. — H. Deicke. Die Tourtia von Milheim a. d. Ruhr, p. 26. A. Fritsch. Stud. im Gebiete der bohm. Kreideformat. : II, Die Weissenberg. Maluitz. Schicht., p. 156, fig. 126. Zeitschr. d. vol. xxix, p. 233. Schrift. d. nat. Gesellsch. in Danzig, N. F., vol. v, p. 415. Windmoller. und — oORBICULARIS, G. Boehnv. deutsch. geol. Gesellsch , J. Kiesow. Jahrb. d. k. preussisch. geol. Landesanst. fiir 1881, p 20. — ORBICULARIS, var. MAGNUS, W. Keeping. Foss., etc., Neoc. Upware and Brickhill, p. 106, pl. v, fig. 1. — (SyncycLtonema) orsicuaRris, F. Notling. Die Fauna d. baltisch. Cenoman. (Palaeont Abhandl., — cf. ORBICULARIS, BR. vol. 11), p. 19, pl ii, figs. 4, 5. LAminosus, Nothing. Ibid., p. 19, pl. 1, fig. 3. Verhandl. des preussisch. Rheinl., vol. xlu, p. 85. Die Mollusk. Aachen. Kreide (Pale- ontographica, vol. xxxv), p. 231. SYNCYCLONEMA SUBLAMINOSA, J. Bohm. rat. Verems d. Prcren Ltaminosus, H. Holzapfel. -—— orBicuLaRiIs, R. Michael. Zeiischr. d. deutsch. geol. Gesellsch., vol. xlv, p. 236. Ibid., p. 235. Geol. Foren. 1 Stockholu Forhandl., Vol. xvi, p. oll9: — tLaAminosus, Michael. — orBicuLARIS, A. Hennig. — Corranpinus, G. Maas. Zeitschr. d. deutsch. geol. Gesellsch., vol. xivil, 7p. 269. Ibid., vol. xlviii, p. 839, pl. xxi, fig. 1. Geognost. Jahreshefte, N. J. (1896), p. 40, pl. iv, fig. 8. Proc. Dorset Nat. Hist. and Antiq. Field Club, vol. xviii, p. 84, pl. in, fig. 9. Wollemann. Die Biv. u. Gastrop. d. deutsch. u. holland. Neocoms (Abhandl. d. k. preussisch. geol. Land., N. F., pt. 31), 2: — ORBICULARIS, var. Lonmannt, A. Wollemann. — —- U. Sohle. SyNCYCLONEMA ORBICULARIS, Rt. B. Newton. Preren GERMANICUS, A. p. 41, pl. viii, figs. 18 Petrif. Suecana, p. 23, pl. x, fig. 12 (= P. Nilssoni, Goldf.). Trans. Geol. Soc., ser. 2, vol. vii, p. 154 (= Amusium sulcatellum, Stol.). Precren orBicunaAris, S. Nilsson. —_ — ?, H. Forbes. Description.—Shell ovate or nearly orbicular, nearly equilateral; height a little ereater than length; margins on each side of the umbo straightened, that on the posterior side being slightly longer than the corresponding anterior part. Valves 148 CRETACEOUS LAMELLIBRANCHIA. flattened, compressed near the straight margins; the left valve sometimes rather more convex than the right. ars rather small, nearly equal, the anterior slightly larger than the posterior, both often shghtly produced dorsally; external margins usually curving, sometimes nearly straight ; those of the posterior ears somewhat more oblique than those of the anterior. Surface of ears smooth or with growth- lines, and occasionally radial strie. Umbones sharp; apical angle varying from 99° to 115°, average 106°. No byssal sinus. Hinge similar to Amusiwm. Right valve ornamented with broad and usually well-marked concentric ridges and furrows, varying im number. Ridges flat, and, in well-preserved specimens, with a ventral laminar portion projecting over the next furrow; the furrows are narrower or absent near the antero- and postero-dorsal margins. ‘he ridges are ornamented with fine concentric grooves, and with finer radial striz, the latter bemg seen best near the antero- and postero-dorsal margins. Left valve appears almost or quite smooth to the naked eye, but with a lens is seen to be ornamented with numerous fine concentric grooves, and sometimes with fine radial strie. Measurements : (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6). (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (18) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20) (21) (22) (23) Length . 25° 24 22 155 135 215 31 47 40 395 55 380 26 24 155 44 73 22 138 69 34 31 235mm Height .275 26 2517 155 25 3845048 42 56 338 28 26 17 47 76 23 14 70 36 335 26 as (1—4) Tealby Limestone. (14—16) Gault, Folkestone. (5) Folkestone Beds, Folkestone. (17—19) Chalk Marl, Folkestone. (6, 7) Greensand (Chert Beds), Haldon. (20, 21) Chalk Marl, Burwell. (8—11) Upper Greensand, Ventnor. (22, 23) ‘Totternhoe Stone, Burwell. (12, 13) $5 3 Warminster. Affinities.—P. germanicus, Wollemann, from the Neocomian of Brunswick, appears to be inseparable from this species. The characters regarded as distinctive by Dr. Wollemann, such as the fine concentric striz on the left valve, the more laminar character of the concentric ribs on the right, and their radial strize, are also found in many specimens of P. orbicularis; their presence and distinctness depend mainly on the state of preservation of the specimens. Dr. Wollemann has examined a specimen from the Tealby Limestone (similar to Pl. XXVII, figs. I, 2), and informs me that it is undoubtedly identical with his P. germanicus ; he has also kindly sent me specimens of the latter from near Brunswick, and they seem to be quite inseparable from P. orbicularis. The difference in horizon is mentioned by Dr. Wollemann as giving some support to his view that the Neocomian form is distinct, but since P. orlicularis ranges, without a break, from the zone of B. brunsvicensis to the zone of Holaster subglobosus, we must rather regard the con- tinuous distribution as favourable to the identity of the earlier and later forms. P. orbicularis, var. magnus, Keeping, from Upware, is a large variety of this species, and is similar to a form found in the Chalk Marl (Text-fig. 1). In the PECTEN. 149 specimens which I have seen, the concentric ornament on the right valve is indis- tinct, owing to the imperfect preservation of the surface of the shell, but im several cases the fine concentric grooves are clearly shown on the left valve. Pecten Darius, @Orbigny,' from the Albian, is a closely allied form, but at present 1s known only by the brief description in the ‘ Prodrome.’ ‘The form from the Gault of Cosne, described by De Loriol’ as P. Darius, appears to differ from P, orbicularis in the inequality of its ears; the figures do not show the character of the ornamentation satisfactorily. Amusiwm sulcatellum, Stoliezka,*? and P. concentrice-sulcatus, Miiller,* appear to be closely allied to P. orbicularis. The Senonian specimens described by Goldfuss, Holzapfel, ete., as P. laminosus, Goldfuss, and by Favre and Bohm as P. sublaminosus, seem to agree with those forms of P. orbicularis which have more numerous ribs than usual, and particularly with some examples from the Warminster Greensand and the Chloritic Marl of Maiden Bradley. Professor Holzapfel has kindly sent me eight specimens from the Aachen Greensand, but it is difficult to compare them satisfactorily with English examples owing to their different mode of preservation. There does not, however, appear to be sufficient reason to regard them as distinct from the Cenomanian forms of P.orbicularis. he ears in the example figured by Goldfuss are larger than is usual in P. orbicularis. P. membranaceus, Nilsson,’ is similar in form to P. orbicularis, but has the con- centric ornamentation very fine, so that the shell appears to be almost smooth. P. Nilssom, Goldfuss,’ is also distinguished by being nearly smooth, and (judging from Goldfuss’ fig. 8) is still further separated from this group by its deep byssal sinus. P. nummularis, Fischer de Waldheim,’ is a closely allied form, but without seeing a series of specimens I am unable to make a comparison. P. (Amusium) balticus, Dames, is probably identical with P. orbicularis. 1 «Prodr. de Pal.,’ vol. 11 (1850), p. 189. “ Faune du Gault de Cosne,” ‘Mém. Soc. Pal. Suisse,’ vol. ix, 1882, p. 84, pl. x, fig. 6. 3 «Paleont. Indica, Cret. Fauna 8. India,’ vol. iii (1871), p. 486, pl. xxxi, figs. 12, 17. * «Mollusk. Untersenon von Braunschweig u. Ilsede’ (1898), p. 34, pl. v, fig. 9. ° « Petrif. Suec.’ (1827), p. 23, pl. ix, fig. 16 (lower figure). See also Hennig, Holzapfel, Zittel, Geinitz, Goldfuss, ete. 6 «Petref. Germ.,’ vol. ii (1836), p. 76, pl. xcix, fig. 8. 7 Fischer de Waldheim, ‘ Bull. Soc. Imp. Nat. de Moscou,’ vol. xvi (1843), p. 135, pl. v, fig. 4; d@Orbigny, in Murchison, de Verneuil, and Keyserling, ‘ Géol. de la Russie,’ vol. ii (1845), p. 475, pl. xh, figs. 20—28, and figs. 16—19 (P. demissus) ; d’Orbigny, ‘ Prodr. de Pal.,’ vol. i (1849), p. 373 ; Trautschold, ‘ Bull. Soc. Imp. Nat. de Moscou,’ vol. xxxviii (1865), p. 23, pl. iii, fig. 2; Nikitin, “ Les Vestiges de la Période Crét. dans la Russ. Centrale,’ ‘Mem. Com. Géol.,’ vol. v, 1888, pe fon P. demissus, Trautschold, ‘ Bull. Soc. Imp. Nat. de Moscou,’ vol. xxxiv (1861), p. 268, pl. vii, fig. 4. 8 «Zeitschr. d. deutsch. geol. Gesellsch.,’ vol. xxvi (1874), p. 762, pl. xxi, fig. 1. Noétling, ‘* Baltischen Cenoman.,” ‘ Palaeont. Abhandl.,’ vol. ii, p. 17, pl. ii, fig. 7. bo 150 CRETACEOUS LAMELLIBRANCHIA. Remarks.—The appearance of the shell differs considerably according to the state of preservation; the fine concentric grooves on the right valve are seen chiefly when the outermost layer of the shell has been removed; when a thicker layer has disappeared this valve may become almost smooth. This is one of the commonest and most widely distributed of the Cretaceous Pectens; it varies considerably in size, in proportions, in the number of con- centric ribs, and also to some extent in convexity. Some of the varieties are more abundant at certain horizons than elsewhere, but are seldom, if ever, limited to one level, and are doubtless accounted for by the varying conditions under which the deposits were laid down. Some of these varieties are here briefly noticed. 1. Tealby Limestone (zone of Bel. brunsvicensis).—The forms found at this horizon never reach a large size (Pl. XXVII, figs. 1, 2), and on the average are smaller than those found in the Cenomanian; they are also slightly higher in proportion to their length, and often rather more convex. The number of con- centric ribs is not so great as in many Upper Greensand and Cenomanian forms. Near the umbo there is usually seen a fairly large, smooth portion of the shell without ribs, which at first sight appears to be a distinguishing feature of the forms from this horizon. But the examination of a large series of specimens shows that this is due to imperfect preservation ; the same feature has been noticed by Dr. Wollemann in Brunswick specimens. The size of this smooth area varies very considerably in different specimens, and occasionally nearly all the concentric ribs have disappeared ; moreover, an identical smooth portion is sometimes seen in specimens from the Gault and Chalk Marl. 2. Folkestone Beds.—Forms very similar to those from the Tealby Limestone and of about the same size occur in the Folkestone Beds of Folkestone, but do not appear to be numerous. ‘The number of ribs is sometimes greater, sometimes less than in the Tealby specimens. 3. Gault——The forms in the Gault (Pl. XXVII, fig. 3) are, on the average, of about the same size as the Tealby specimens, but some larger examples also- occur; they sometimes possess rather more numerous ribs, and in some cases the valves are quite as convex as in the Tealby forms, but usually rather less. 4. Upper Greensand.—The forms from Ventnor are noteworthy for the large size which they reach; the number of concentric ribs 1s variable, and on the largest specimens the later part of the valve (Pl. XXVII, fig. 77) is smooth and without ribs, and in the ribbed part two distinct stages may sometimes be noticed, an earlier with close-set ribs, a later with more widely separated ribs (Pl. XXVIJI, figs. 8, 9). Sometimes the grooves are widely spaced and the ribs broad (fig. 9a). IP. orbicularis seems to be rare at Blackdown, and the forms seen are rather small, with numerous ribs. The examples from the Chert Beds of Haldon (Pl. XXVIT, fig. 4), of which there is a good series in the Exeter Museum, have the c PECTEN. 151 ears much larger than usual, also a smaller apical angle, and straight antero- and postero-dorsal margins; the shell is rather high in proportion, and the ribs are numerous. Since all the Haldon specimens agree in these respects, and are readily distinguishable from those found elsewhere, they may be regarded as a local variety, and named P. orbicularis, var. haldonensis : this variety resembles the form from the Cenomanian of Bavaria figured by Sohle (1897). The forms found in the Upper Greensand of Warminster are rather larger than most of those in the Gault and Lower Cretaceous, and often have numerous ribs. 5. Oenomanian.—Small forms, with a variable number of ribs, occur commonly in the Chalk Marl, and rarely also a very large variety, sometimes reaching 76 min. in height (Text-fig. 1). In the H. subglobosus zone the average size is rather Fia. 1.—Pecten (Syncyclonema) orbicularis, Sow. Chalk Marl, Folkestone. Woodwardian Museum. Natural size. larger than in Gault and Lower Cretaceous, but no forms as large as those in the Upper Greensand mentioned above have been seen. The number of ribs is variable. L'ypes.—The type, from the Upper Greensand of Devizes, appears to have been lost, and the same is the case with the types of P. laminosus from the Chalk Marl of Hamsey and Stoneham. Distribution—Folkestone Beds of Folkestone. Lower Greensand of Upware. Spilsby Sandstone of Donnington and Spilsby. Claxby Ironstone of Benniworth Haven. Tealby Limestone (zone of Bb. brunsvicensis) of North Willingham and Claxby. Speeton Series (same zone) of Speeton (fide Lamplugh). Also recorded in the Geological Survey Memoirs from the Perna-bed of Ather- 152 CRETACEOUS LAMELLIBRANCHIA. field and Sandown; the Ferruginous Sands of Shanklin; the Carstone of Bon- church, etc.; the Hythe Beds of Hythe, Maidstone, Godalming, and Pulborough ; and the Sandgate Beds of Sandgate and Parham. I have not seen the specimens on which these records are based. Gault of Folkestone (zones i—in, ix—xi), and Black Ven. Zone of H. inter- ruptus of Okeford Fitzpaie. Recorded by the Geological Survey from the Gault of Compton Bay, Culver, Blackgang, Niton, and Bonchurch, and from the Red Limestone of Hunstanton. Cambridge Greensand (derived from the Gault). Upper Greensand (zone of Schlanbachia rostrata) of Blackdown, Devizes, Ventnor, Selborne, and the Devon coast. Upper Greensand (zone of Pecten asper) of Haldon, Warminster, Ventnor, and Niton. Chloritic Marl of Maiden Bradley and Ventnor. Chalk Marl of Folkestone, Hamsey, Blue Bell Hill (Burham), Burwell, Madingley, and Hauxton. Ceno- manian of Wilmington. Lower Chalk (? Chalk Marl) of Stoke Ferry. Totternhoe Stone of Cherry Hinton, Fulbourn, and Burwell. Zone of //. subglobosus of Cherry Hinton. PeorEn, sp., cf. Ninssont, Goldfuss, 1836. A species, apparently belonging to this group, has been found by Mr. R. M. Brydone in the Chalk of Trimmgham; it has a smooth, or nearly smooth, thin shell, with nearly equal ears, and seems to agree with P. Nilssoni, Goldfuss,’ but I am unable to say whether it possesses a byssal smus as 1s shown in the figures of Goldfuss and Ravn. It also resembles P. membranaceus, Nilsson (see p. 149), but appears to have been proportionately longer, and has consequently a larger apical angle and smaller ears. Only three incomplete specimens have been seen, the largest having a length of about 53 mm. Sub-genus—Campronrcrus (Agassiz MS.), F. B. Meek, 1864. (‘Check List of Invert. Foss. N. America, Cret. and Jur.,’ Smithson, Mise. Coll. 177, pp. 28, 39.) Proren (Campronectes) crnctus, Sowerby, 1822. Plate XXVIII; and Text-fig. 2. 1822. Prcren crnctus, J. Sowerby, Min. Conch., vol. iv, p. 96, pl. ccclxxi. 1825. -- — Defrance. Dict. Sci. nat., vol. xxxviii, p. 254. 1 Miller (1827), p. 23, pl. x, fig. 12. Goldfuss, vol. ii (1836), p. 76, pl. xcix, fig. 8. Hennig (1897), p- 45, pl. iu, figs. 18, 19. Vogel (1895), p. 21, pl. i, fig. 17. Ravn (1902), p. 9, pl. ii, figs. 3—5. See also Romer (1841), Reuss (1846), Favre (1869), Geinitz (1872), Brauns (1876), Fritsch (1877-97), sehrens (1878), Griepenkerl (1889), Stolley (1892), Leonhard (1897). wee PECTEN. 153 1839. Pxroren crassitesra, F. A. Romer. Verstein. nord-deutsch. Oolith.-geb. Nachtrag, p. 27. 1841. — cinetus, F. A. Rémer. Die Verstein. nord-deutsch. Kreidegeb., p. 50. 1846. — ImpPeErRiAuis, A. Keyserling. Petschoraland, p. 295, pl. xv. 1847. — crassitEsta, A. d’Orbigny. Pal. Franc. Terr. Crét., vol. iii, p. 584, pl. cecexxx, figs. 1—3. P 1854. — cinctus, J. Morris. Cat. Brit. Foss., ed. 2, p. 176 (not from the locality and horizon given). oo — orassitest., Morris. Ibid., p. 176. 1868. = — Ei. Kichwald. WLetheea Rossica, vol. ii, p. 427. 1870. -— — F. J. Pictet and G. Campiche. Foss. Terr. Crét. Ste. Croix (Matér. Pal. Suisse, ser. 5), p- 212. 1871. — (PsEupAMusiIuUM) crRassiTEsTA, FP’, Stoliczka. Palzont. Indica, Cret. Fauna 8. India, vol. iii, p. 428. 1884. — crassitEsTa, O. Weerth. Die Fauna des Neocom. im Teutoburg. Walde (Palaeont. Abhandl., vol. 11), p. 53. — — Roemert, Weerth. Ibid., p. 54. 1895. — (Syncycronema) crassiresta, F’, Vogel. Holland. Kreide, p. 54. = = CRASSITESTA, G. Maas. Zeitschr. d. deutsch. geol. Gesellsch., vol. xlvii, p. 299. 1896. —= — A. Wollemann. Ibid., vol. xlviu, p. 838. 1899. — -- G. Maas. Ibid., vol. li, p. 249. 1900. — — A. Wollemann. Die Biv. u. Gastrop. d. deutsch. u. hollind. Neocoms (Abhandl. d. k. preussisch. geol. Land., N. F., pi ol); prad- Description.—Shell very large, stout, rather convex, oval or nearly circular, almost equilateral, length sometimes a little greater than height, sometimes a little less. Umbo pointed, with the margins on each side straight or slightly concave. Apical angle from 133° to 144° in the longer forms; from 120° to 127° in the shorter and higher forms. Hars long and low, unequal. Right valve moderately convex, with a nearly smooth surface; ornamented with very regular concentric linear grooves between which are flat interspaces, the ventral edges of which are sometimes produced as laminee over the grooves. The interspaces are crossed by numerous radial strive, which sometimes extend only part of the distance from one concentric groove to the next; also faint concentric ridges are sometimes seen. Anterior ear larger than posterior, with a well-marked byssal sinus, ornamented with close-set sinuous ridges. Posterior ear with the outer angle rectangular or slightly obtuse, ornamented with ridges crossed by radial strie. Left valve more convex than the right, with similar ornamentation, but having the concentric grooves more distinct, the laminze often more prominent, and the 20 154 CRETACEOUS LAMELLIBRANCHIA. radial striz usually less distinct and sometimes absent except near the umbo. Hars slightly unequal, with ridges and radial grooves. Measurements : A B Gd @ @) ® ©) ©) 1) @ 3) ® 6) © @) Length . 57 118 118 120 132 191 ... 52 150 191 195 204 212 231 mm: Height . 62 125 129 127 145 207 ... 52 145 179 184 192 201 226 ,, — Cx oS A. The higher and shorter forms. (1) Tealby Limestone: (2—-6) Claxby Ironstone. B. The lower and longer forms. (1) Tealby Limestone: (2—7) Claxby Ironstone. Ajfinities—Goldfuss’ P. circularis' was regarded by Romer and Bronn as identical with P. crassitesta, Romer; subsequently both were considered by Romer as synonyms of P. cinctus, Sowerby. The example figured by Goldfuss is stated by him to have come from the Greensand of Dorsetshire ; but no species of this type appears to have been found in the Greensand of that district, whereas the similar form P. lamellosus, Sowerby, from the Portlandian, is common there, and Goldfuss’ figure agrees more closely with that than with P. cinctus: this view was evidently held by Morris, since he gives P. cirewlaris as a synonym of P. lamellosus. P. lamellosus, Sowerby,’ is undoubtedly closely allied to P. cinctus ; the ornamenta- tion is practically identical in both, for although the radial striz on the former are usually less distinct in specimens from the Portland Limestone, they are quite as well-marked in specimens from the Portland Clay as in P. cinetus. P. lamellosus may, however, be distinguished by its greater obliquity, smaller apical angle, and proportionately higher ears (especially the anterior). The shell never attains the same size as P. cinctus, its average bemg much less; the height appears to be nearly always greater than the length. Remarks.—There are two forms of this species which differ in the proportions of leneth and height, as will be seen from the figures, and from the measurements (A and B) given above. In one (A) the height is greater than the length, and the valves are oval in outline, with a smaller apical angle and more elevated ears (Text-fig. 2). The right valve is rather more convex than im the other form. This form (A) was figured by Sowerby as P. cinctus. In the other form (8) the length is greater than the height, and the valves are more nearly circular in outline, with a larger apical angle and lower ears. The convexity of the valves is jess, and the anterior and posterior parts are more compressed (Pl. XXVIII). This form was figured by @Orbigny as P. erassitesta. Since the forms A and B agree in all the details of ornamentation, and also ! «Petref. Germ.,’ vol. ii (1836), p. 76, pl. xcix, fig. 10. 2 «Min. Conch.,’ vol. iii (1819), p. 67, pl. cexxxix. See also de Loriol and Pellat, ‘ Mon. de l’étage Portlandien de Boulogne-sur-Mer” (‘Mém. Soc. Phys. et d’Hist. nat. de Gentve,’ vol. xix, 1866), p. 103, pl. x, fig. 4. PECTEN. 155 occur on the same geological horizons, and since each shows some variation in the proportions of length and height, there seems no reason to regard them as more than varieties of one species. The concentric grooves are generally more widely separated in the specimens from the Speeton Clay than in those which come from the Claxby Ironstone. This species has usually been known on the Continent as P. crassitesta, owing, no doubt, to the fact that the type of P. cinctus came from the Drift, and its true horizon was for some time thought to be Middle Jurassic; also to the fact of its Fig. 2.—Pecten (Camptonectes) cinctus, Sow. Claxby Ironstone, Claxby. Woodwardian Museum. 2 The higher and shorter form of the species. x §. being the form with a higher shell, which is rather less common than the other variety. Type.—In the British Museum; from the Drift—probably derived from the Claxby Ironstone. Distribution.—Claxby Ironstone (zone of Bel. lateralis) of Claxby, North Willingham, Tealby, Donnington. Tealby Limestone (zone of Bel. brunsvicensis) of Claxby. Speeton Series (zone of Bel. jaculum, D1, D 4, D 5) of Speeton. 156 CRETACEOUS LAMELLIBRANCHIA. Pscren (Campronscres) Corranpinus, @’Orbigny, 1847. Plate XXIX, figs, 1, 2a, b, 3 a, b. 1845. Pucren crrcunaris, H. Forbes. Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., vol. i, p. 249 (non Goldfuss). 1847. = Corratpinus, A. d’Orbigny. Pal. Franc. Terr. Crét., vol. iii, p- 590, pl. cecexxxi, figs. 7—11. 1850. — —- — Prodr. de Pal., vol. 11, p. 83. 1855. — — G. Cotteau. Moll. Foss. de ’Yonne, p. 115. 1861. — — P. de Loriol. Anim. Invert. Foss. Mt. Saléve, p. 103, pl. xiii, fig. 3. 1868. — — F. J. Piclet. Mélanges Paldont., pt. 4, p. 261, pl. xl, figs. 6, 7. — — — E. Kichwald. Letheea Rossica, vol. ii, p. 431. 1870. — =~ F. J. Pictet and G. Campiche. Foss. Terr. Crét. Ste. Croix (Matér. Pal. Suisse, ser. 5), pp. 197, 212, pl. clxvii, fig. 3. ie eye — — W. A. Ooster. Protozoe Helvetica, vol. ii, pp. 105, 125, 141. a — (SyncyctonemA) Corraupinus, F’. Stoliczka. Paleont. Indica, Cret. Fauna 8. India, vol. 1, p. 428. 1900. — Corra.pinus, G. Miller. Verstein. d. Jura u. d. Kreide. In W. Bornhardt, Zur Oberflachen u. Geol. Deutsch - Afrikas (Deutsch - Ost- Afrika, vol. vii), p. 551. Non 1895. _ -- G. Maas. Zeitschr. d. deutsch. geol. Gesellsch., vol. xlvii, p. 269. Description.—Shell ovate, rather higher than long, inequilateral ; antero-dorsal margin slightly concave, and longer than the postero-dorsal, which is shgbtly convex. Convexity of valves small. Hars very unequal. Right valve shehtly convex; surface almost smooth, ornamented with numerous fine, regular, concentric grooves, which become more closely placed in passing from the umbo to the margin of the valve. The interspaces are flat and sometimes produced as shehtly projecting laminz next the concentric grooves. Near the umbo the interspaces are crossed by very fine, close-set radial strie. Anterior ear large, produced, with a very deep byssal sinus, and a sulcus near the junction of the ear and valve; surface with many concentric narrow ridges. Posterior ear small, triangular, outer angle slightly obtuse, with concentric ornament. PECTEN. 157 Left valve moderately convex, with ornamentation similar to that of the right, but the concentric grooves are rather more distinct and not so close together; the radial strize are more distinct and cover a larger part’ of the valve. Anterior ear large, triangular, outer angle about 90°, height nearly or quite equal to length, with concentric ridges and radial striz. Posterior ear much smaller and lower. Measurements : (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) Length Sone 40 4 49 5. Od . be ox 76) am Height : 37 PONE OAL ey eoO = CO) 2 Fea ee (1—5) Perna-bed of Atherfield. (6) Lower Greensand of Whale Chine. Affinities.—This species is allied to P. cinctus, but differs in bemg less convex, higher than long, distinctly inequilateral, smaller, in having the concentric grooves, and usually also the radial striz closer together, the ears more unequal, and the byssal sinus deeper. Remarks—A few small specimens (10 to 17 mm. long) from the Atherfield Beds of East Shalford, in the Meyer Collection, may be young examples of P. Cottaldinus, but they also closely resemble P. Greppini, Pictet and Renevier.’ T'ypes.—D Orbigny’s specimens came from the Neocomian of Auxerre, ete. The specimen referred to P. circularis by Forbes is in the Museum of the Geological Society (No. 2030). Distribution.—Perna-bed of Atherfield. Lower Greensand (either Scaphites or Lower Crioceras Groups of Fitton) of Whale Chine. Recorded by Topley (1875) from the Atherfield Beds of Peasmarsh and Shalford. Prornn (CAMPTONECTES) STRIATO-PUNCTATUS, Rdmer, 1839. Plate XXIX, figs. 4a,b, 5, 6. 1839. Prcren srriaro-puncratus, . A. Rimer. Die Verstein. d. nord-deutsch. Oolith.-geb. Nachtrag., p. 27. 1841. = — Die Verstein. d. nord-deutsch. Kreidegeb., p. 50. 184.7. == = A. dOrbigny. Pal. Franc. Terr. Crét., vol. iii, p. 592, pl. cecexxxii, figs. 4—7_ 1850. = =e == Prodr. de. Pal., vol. ii, pp. 83, 119. = Perhaps the whole in perfectly preserved specimens. 2 «Foss. Terr. Aptien de la Perte du Rhone, ete.’ (1858), p. 134, pl. xix, fig. 4. Pictet and Cam- piche, ‘ Terr. Crét. de Ste. Croix’ (1870), p. 198. 158 CRETACEOUS LAMELLIBRANCHIA. 1854. Prcten srriato-puncratus, J. Morris. Cat. Brit. Foss., ed. 2, peelings 1868. — arziprensts, P. de Loriol. Valangien d’Arzier, p. 47, pl. iv, figs. 3—5. 1870. — sTRiaro-puncratus, Ff’. J. Pictet and G. Campiche. Foss. Terr. Crét. Ste. Croix (Mat¢ér. Pal. Suisse, ser. 5), pp. 196, 211, pl. clhxxiige ADs — — ARZIERENSIS, Pictet and Campiche. Ibid., pp. 195, 211, pl. elxxi, fig. 3. 1871. — (CAMPTONECTES) sTRIATO-PUNCTATUS, F. Stoliczka. Palaxont. Indica, Cret. Fauna S. India, vol. iii, p. 428. 1877. — sTriaro-punctatus, G. Bohm. Zeitschr. d. deutsch. geol. Gesellsch., vol. xxix, p. 233. 1884. — — O. Weerth. Die Fauna des Neocom. 1m Teuto- burg.Walde (Palaeont. AbhandL., Vol. 10); spsos. 1888. — akziERENsts, S. Nikitin. Les Vest. de la Pér. Crét. dans la Russ. centrale (Mem. Com. Geéol., vol. v), Pp. (3, pl. we) 1889. — LENS, var. Morini, G. W. Lamplugh. Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., vol. xlv, p. 615. 1895. — (CsSMPTONECTES) sTRIATO-PUNCTATUS, F’. Vogel. Hollind. Kreide., p. 04. 1896. — srriato-punctatus, A. Wollemann. Zeitschr. d. deutsch. geol. Gesellsch., vol. xlviu, p. 840. 1900. —- — — Die Biv. u. Gastrop. d. deutsch. u. hollind. Neocoms (Ab- handl. d. k. preussisch. geol. Land., N. F., pt. 31), p. 49. ? 1900. = -— G. Miller. Verstein. d. Jura u. d. Kreide. In W. Bornhardt, Zur Oberflachen u. Geol. Deutsch-A frikas (Deutsch- Ost-Afrika, vol. vii), p. 550, pl. SO.ahypy toa. Description. —Shell ovate, a little higher than long, nearly equilateral, convexity small, margins rounded, dorsal portion pointed. Hars unequal. Right valve flattened, anterior ear with a deep sinus. Left valve rather more conyex, anterior ear with the outer angle nearly rectangular, posterior ear with obtuse outer angle. Both valves ornamented with numerous flattened radial ribs, which curve out- wards from the median part of the valves, and sometimes bifurcate, or have new ribs intercalated. Ribs separated by narrow, sharply marked punctate grooves. At intervals a few distinct growth-lines occur. LHars with radial ribs crossed by concentric growth-ridges. PHCTEN. 159 Measurements : (1) (2) (3) (4) Leneth : 36 : 25 : 29, ‘ 15 mm. Height . 4 : ING f 26 . 19 .; (1) B. lateralis zone, Speeton. (2,3) B. jaculum zone, Speeton. (4) Claxby Ironstone, Benniworth Haven. ‘These measurements are approximate only, on account of the imperfection of the specimens. Considerably larger examples than (4) occur in the Claxby Ironstone. Affinities.—I lave seen only a few specimens of this species, and most of them are very imperfect, consequently I am unable to make a detailed comparison with allied forms. The species which appears to approach most nearly P. striato- punctatus is P. Morini, de Loriol;' it is found in the Portlandian of Swindon, Hartwell, ete., and seems to differ from P. striato-punctatus in beng less equilateral, owing to the greater proportionate length and inward curvature of the antero- dorsal margin; the ribs are also, on the average, more numerous and_ closer together, but vary somewhat in this respect. P. virgatus, Nilsson, and P. curvatus, Geinitz (see below), are also related to P. striato-punctatus. Remarks.—Romer figured no examples of this species, but erroneously referred to Goldfuss’ figure of a Jurassic form (P. lens). A small form found rarely in the Gault of Folkestone is perhaps referable to P. striato-punctatus. Types.—¥rom the Hils-conglomerate and Hils-clay of Schandelah, Schoppen- stedt, and Elheser Brink. D’Orbigny’s specimens were obtained from the Aptian of St. Dizier (Haute Marne). Distribution.—Speeton Clay (zones of DB. lateralis, D1, and of B. gaculum, C 11) of Speeton. Claxby Ironstone (zone of Bel. lateralis) of Benniworth Haven. ? Upper Gault (zone vii) of Folkestone. Recorded by Topley (1875) from the Atherfield Beds of Peasmarsh and Hast Shalford, and from the Folkestone Beds of Folkestone. Recorded by Morris from the Lower Greensand of Folkestone. Prcten (Campronecrns) curvatus, Geinitz, 1843. Plate XXIX, figs. 7a, b; Plate XXXVIT, fig. 16. 1833. Prcren arcuatus, A. Goldfuss. Petref. Germ., vol. ii, p. 50, pl. xei, fig. 6 (non Nilsson). ? 1841. = = F. A. Rimer. Die Verstein. d. nord-deutsch. Kreidegeb., p. dl. 1 De Loriol and Pellat, “‘ Portlandien de Boulogne-sur-Mer”’ (‘ Mém, Soc. Phys. et d’ Hist. nat. Genéve,’ vol. xix, 1866), p. 107, pl. x, fig. 6. 160 1842. ? 1882. ? 1883. 1885. 2 1887. ? 1889. CRETACEOUS LAMELLIBRANCHIA. PECTEN stRIATO-puNCTATUS, H. B. Geinitz. Char. d. Schicht. u. Petref. des — sichs.-bbhm. Kreidegeb., pt. 3, p. 83. curvatus, H. B. Geinitz. Die Verstein. von Kieslingswalda, p. 16, pl. in, fig. 18. pivAricatus, A. W. Reuss. Die Verstein. der bohm. Kreideformat., pt. 2, p. 28, pl. xxxix, flenG: ArcuatTus, Reuss. Ibid., p. 27, pl. xxxix, fig. 7. curvatus, H. B. Geinitz. Grundr. der Verstein., p. 468. arcuatus, J. Miiller. Petref. der Aachen. Kreidef., pt. 1, p. 32. vireatus, A. d@’Orbigny. Pal. Franc. Terr. Crét., vol. iii, p. 602, pl. eceexxxiv, figs. 7—10. curvatus, H. G. Bronn. Index Paleont., vol. i, p. 922. virGATUSs et curvatus, H. B. Geinitz. Das Quadersandst. oder Kreidegeb. in Deutschland, p. 180. curvatus, A. d’Orbigny. Prodr. de Pal., vol. 11, p. 197. pivaricatus, A. d’Orbigny. Ibid, p. 252. viraatus, F. Rimer. Geol. von Oberschles., p. 333. curvatus, F. J. Pictet and G. Campiche. Foss. Terr. Crét. Ste. Croix (Matér. Pal. Suisse, ser. 5), p. 217. — H. B. Geinitz. Das Elbthalgeb. in Sachsen (Paleonto- graphica, vol. xx, pt. 1), p. 193, pl. xl, fig. 15.; pt. 2, p. 33, plo xpiioae (CamPpronectEs) curvatus, D. Brawns. Zeitschr. f. d. gesammt. Naturwissensch., vol. xlvi, p. 390. curvatus, A. Fritsch. Stud. im Gebiete der bohm. Kreideformat. : II, Die Weissenberg. und Malnitz. Schicht., p. 186, fig. 127. vireatus, H. Schrider. Zeitschr. d. deutsch. goel. Gesellsch., vol. Xxxiv, p. 270. curvatus, A. Fritsch. Stud. im Gebiete der bohm. Kreideformat. : III, Die Iserschicht., p. 116. (Campronectes) pivAaricatus, F’. Notling. Die Fauna d. baltisch. Cenoman. (Palaeont. Abhandl., vol. ii), p. Li7, pl: um, femme: CampronecreEs curvatus, J. Bohm. Verhandl. des naturhist. Vereins d. Rheinl., vol. xlii, p. 78. Proren (Campronectes) curvatus, F. Frech. Zeitschr. d. deutsch. geol. Gesellsch., vol. xxxix, p. 155, pl. xix, fig. 18. vinaatus, HB. Holzapfel. Die Mollusk. Aachen. Kreide (Palonto- graphica, vol. xxxv), p. 229, pl. xxvi, figs. 7—9. (CAMPTONECTES) virGATus, O. Griepenkerl. Die Verstein. der. Senon. von Konigslutter (Palaeont. Abhandl., vol. iv), p. 46. curvatus, A. Fritsch. Stud. im Gebiete der bohm. Kreideformat. TV, Die Teplitz, Schicht., p. 85. PECTEN. 161 1892. Prcoren viraatus, F. Vogel. Verhandl. nat. Vereins d. preussisch. Rheinl., vol. xlix, p. 55. ? 1893. — ef. curvatus, Rk. Michael. Zeitschr. d. deutsch. geol. Gesellsch., vol. xlv, p. 236. Pp — — ourvatus, A. Fritsch. Stud. im Gebiete der béhm. Kreideformat. : V, Priesen. Schicht., p. 100. ? 1895. — (CamprtonectEs) vireatus, F. Vogel. Hollindisch. Kreide, p. 23. ? 1897. — curvatus, A. Fritsch. Stud. im Gebiete der bohm. Kreideformat. : VI, Die Chlomek. Schicht., p. 68. = — vireatus, A. Rutot. Bull. Soc. Belge Géol., ete., vol. x, p. 30. > — = —- R. Leonhard. Die Kreideformat. in Oberschles. (Pale- ontographica, vol. xliv), p. 26. ? 1900. — — C. Gagel and F. Kaunhowen. Jahrb. d.k. preussisch. geol. Landesanst. u. Bergakad. fiir 1899, p. 231. Non 1827. — arcvarus, S. Nilsson. Petrif. Suecana, p. 22, pl. ix, fig. 4. —— — ~ vireatus, Nilsson. Ibid., p. 22, pl. ix, fig. 15. — 1837. — — W. Hisinger. Letheea Suecica, p. 52, pl. xvii, fig. 3. —- — — arcuatus, Hisinger. Ibid., p. 52, pl. xvii, fig. 2. ? — 1846. — vireatus, EL. Forbes. Trans. Geol. Soc., vol. vii, p. 154, pl. xv, fig. 22. >? — 1852. — — F’. Romer. Die Kreidebild. von Texas, p. 66, pl. viii, fig. 5. — 1866. ao — K. A. Zittel. Die Biv. der Gosaugeb. IT (Denkschr. d.k. Akad. Wissensch. Math.-nat. Cl. Wien, vol. xxv, pt. 2), p. 109 (83 of reprint), pl. xvu, fig. 8. ? — 1871. — (Camptonectss) curvatus, F. Stoliczka. Paleeont. Indica, Cret. Fauna 8. India, vol. ii, p. 433, pl, xem, fies, 15 f6> pliesis figs. 4—6. ? — 1884. Campronecrss curvatus, J. F. Whiteaves. Mesozoic Fossils, vol. 1, pt. 3 (Geol. and N. H. Survey, Canada), p. 242, pl. xxxu, fig. 4. — 1897. Prcren vireatus, A. Hennig. Revis. Lamellibr. i Nilsson’s ‘ Petrif. Suec.’ (Kon. Fysiogr. Sallsk. Lund. Handl., N. F., vol. viii), p. 41, pl. ii, figs. 28, 33; pl. iii, figs. 32, 33. Remarks.—This species closely resembles P. striato-punctatus, Romer, but generally possesses fewer ribs, and is, on the average, of smaller size. I have seen only two English specimens. Oneis aright valve from Great Haldon, 10 mm. in length and 11 mm. in height, with well-marked radial ribs on the ears crossed by much smaller concentric ribs. Another example, from the Chloritic Marl of Kastbourne, is 9 mm. in length and also in height. Without more English speci- mens, and without the opportunity of comparing them with collections of the foreign forms described as P. virgatus, etc., it is useless to attempt to discuss the relation of this to other Upper Cretaceous species. 162 CRETACEOUS LAMELLIBRANCHIA. Distribution.—Upper Greensand of Great Haldon. Chloritic Marl of Hast- bourne. Prctrn (CAMPTONECTES) DUBRISIENSIS, Sp. nov. Plate XXIX, figs. 8 a—c. Description.—Shell ovate, height a httle greater than length, almost equilateral, margins evenly rounded. Umbones pointed. Apical angle about 117°. Hars rather large, unequal. Right valve flattened, nearly smooth, with a few radial ribs near the antero- dorsal border, and occasional fine curving radial ornamentation like that on the left valve. Antero-dorsal margin slightly concave. Anterior ear long, with a deep byssal sinus, very sinuous growth-lines, and well-marked growth-ridges. Posterior ear triangular, with radial ribs and grooves. Left valve moderately convex—the convexity greatest in the dorsal third, the ventral portions more compressed. Greater part of the surface smooth or nearly smooth ; a few faintly marked growth-lines. Ornamentation seen on the sides of the umbonal region, also at the ventral edge, and for a short distance on the inner margin of some of the growth-lnes; it consists of faintly marked outwardly curving ribs, separated by very narrow grooves, which are somewhat irregular and (in well- preserved specimens) punctate. Anterior ear large, not sharply separated from the rest of the valve, ornamented by a continuation of the radial ribs and grooves of the umbo, some of which cut the dorsal margin obliquely; the ribs are crossed by faint growth-ridges. Posterior ear smaller with similar ornamentation. Measurements : (1) (2) (3) (4) Length : 58 F 58 ; A? : 32. mm. Height ; 63 ‘ HO 46 : By aks (1) Totternhoe Stone, Cherry Hinton. (2) Chalk Marl, Burham. (3) Totternhoe Stone, Burwell. (4) H. subglobosus zone, Hitchin. Affinities—The ornamentation is much less developed than in P. striato- punctatus ; the shell is also larger, with a wider apical angle, less elevated ears, and with the left anterior ear indistinctly limited. Remarks.—This is a comparatively rare form, which appears to be confined to the Chalk Marl and the zone of H. subglobosus. Type.—Chalk Marl of Dover, British Museum, No. 38243. Distribution.—Chalk Marl of Dover and Blue Bell Hill, Burham. Totternhoe PECTEN. 163 Stone of Cherry Hinton and Burwell. Zone of H. subglobosus of Hitchin. Lower Chalk of West Row near Mildenhall, and Stoke Ferry. Prcten (CAMPTONECTHS P) GAULTINUS, sp. nov. Plate XXX, figs. 1a, b, 2. Description.—Shell small, oval, a little higher than long, convexity small ; somewhat inequilateral, the antero-dorsal border slightly concave and longer than the postero-dorsal, which is slightly convex. Ears very unequal. Apical angle from 95° to 100°. Right valve flattened, nearly smooth, with faintly marked, nearly straight radial ribs near the anterior and posterior borders, separated by narrow punctate grooves ; ribs and grooves absent or indistinct on the middle of the valve, except near the umbo. Anterior ear long, with a deep sinus, and three or four radial ribs crossed by growth-ridges. Posterior ear small, with its outer angle obtuse. Left valve rather more convex, with similar ornamentation. Measurements : (1) (2) (3) (4) Length : 22 15 14: 17 mm. Height ‘ 1g : 7 16 19 ,, (1—3) Gault, Black Ven. (4) Gault, Folkestone. Remarks.—This species differs from the typical Camptonectes in having the punctate grooves nearly straight instead of curving outwardly. Types.—In the Woodwardian Museum, Cambridge. Distribution.—Gault of Folkestone and Black Ven. Sub-genus—Curamys, J. I’. Bolten, 1798. “Museum Boltenianum,’ p. 165. I Proten (Cutamys) rissicosta, Htheridge, 1881. Plate XXX, figs. 3, 4, 5a, b, 6 a—c, 7, 8. 1881. Prcren rissicosta, Rk. Etheridge. In W. H. Penning and A. J. Jukes- Browne, Geol. of Cambridge (Mem. Geol. Survey), p. 141, pl. ii, fig. 1; pl. iu, fig. 1. 164 CRETACEOUS LAMELLIBRANCHIA. Description.—Shell ovate, slightly inequilateral ; height greater than length, the difference increasing with age, usually in the proportion of 9:7 or 9: 8, but im small specimens of 5:4°5. Valves compressed, the right flatter than the left; antero- and postero-dorsal margins nearly straight, the remainder regularly rounded and with corrugated edges. Apical angle about 90°, but larger (sometimes 100°) im small specimens. Hars unequal. Right valve ornamented with strong, rounded, radial ribs, usually from sixteen. to eighteen in number, but sometimes fewer or more (twelve to twenty-three). The ribs are separated by rather deep, rounded furrows, which are rather narrower than the ribs. At a distance from the margin of the valve, which varies in different specimens, some of the ribs are usually divided by a narrow groove, some- times median, sometimes on one side; towards the umbo this groove becomes relatively more important, and divides the main rib into two equal and narrow ribs; and at the same time another similar rib may appear in the main furrow, giving the appearance of numerous slender ribs. All these ribs seem to die out before reaching the umbo, where the shell (to a length of about 5 mm.) is apparently smooth.’ At distant intervals well-marked growth-ridges are seen, and also (in some cases) very fine concentric lnes. The surface of both ribs and furrows (but especially the latter) is covered by close-set radial strize, which at the middle of the valve are parallel with the main ribs, but, in passing to the anterior and posterior margins, become more and more oblique to the main ribs, and also more irregular and less continuous. Anterior ear large, produced, with a deep byssal sinus; surface with sinuous growth-lines (some strong), and two or three faintly marked radial ribs at the middle of the ear near its apex. Posterior ear smaller, not produced, triangular, with from seven to nine faintly marked radial ribs and growth-lnes (two or three being strong); on the ventral part of the ear the fine striz of the rest of the shell are continued, and cut the ribs obliquely. Left valve with ribs similar to those of the right, but rather narrower, and separated by broader furrows. The ribs are sometimes divided by a small groove, which may reach the margin of the valve. In the main furrows there is frequently a small radial rib, which often ends at varying distances from the margin, but some- times is continued, becoming stronger. Close-set radial striz, like those on the right valve, occur on both ribs and grooves. Fine concentric ribs occur in places, especially on the earlier parts of the valve, and also, at intervals, strong growth- ridges. Hars triangular; the anterior larger, and with radial ribs and growth-lnes ; the posterior nearly smooth and with famt ribs. | This may, however, be due to imperfect preservation. was 2 PECTEN. 165 Measurements : (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) Length . 40 . 40 . 36 » o8 . So = 27 . 26-mm-, Height . 52 . 47 . 445 . 44 . 42 ak = .29 99 (1) Totternhoe Stone, Cherry Hinton. E=) » » Burwell. Affinities. strong ribs by its numerous radial striz and by the fission of some of the main P. fissicosta is readily distinguished from the other species with ribs. P. landeronensis, De Loriol,' resembles this species in form, but possesses a strongly marked concentric ornamentation. The radial strive of P. _fissicosta resemble those of Camptonectes as well as those seen in P. Robinaldinus, ete. The varieties, with few and undivided ribs (Pl. XXX, fig. 7), approach P. decemcostatus, Goldfuss (references on p. 167), but the valves are higher. T'ypes.—F rom the Totternhoe Stone, Burwell; in the Woodwardian Museum. Distribution.—Chloritic Marl of Ventnor. Chalk Marl of Hgeardon Hill (Dorset), Folkestone, and Blue Bell Hill, Burham. ‘Totternhoe Stone of Arlesey, Cherry Hinton, Burwell, Orwell, and Stoke Ferry. Zone of H. subglobosus of Cherry Hinton. Proten (Cuiamys) Puzosianus, Matheron, 1842. Plate XXX, figs. 9a, b, 10a, b, ee ee 1842. Prcoren Puzostanus, P. Matheron. Catal. Foss. des Bouches-du-Rhone, p. 185, pl. xxx, figs. 1—3. 1847. — — A. dOrbigny. Pal. Franc. Terr. Crét., vol. iii, p. 610, pl. eecexxxvui, figs. 1—4. 1850. — — -—— Prodr. de Pal., vol. ii, p. 197. 1870. — — FJ. Pictet and G. Campiche. Foss. Terr, Crct. Ste. Croix (Matér. Pal. Suisse, ser. 5), p. 215. 1896. — ef. Puzostanus, A. J. Jukes-Browne and W. Hill. Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., vol. li, p. 151. Description.—Shell ovate, higher than lone, nearly equilateral and equivalve, dorsal portion pointed; antero- and postero-dorsal margins long. Convexity small, valves bent near the antero- and postero-dorsal margins. Apical angle about 90°. Kars large, unequal. Right valve slightly convex, with numerous narrow ribs, which on the mid- dorsal parts of the valve are alternately large and small, but elsewhere become * De Loriol and Gilli¢éron, ‘ Urgon. Infér. de Landeron’ (1869), p. 22, pl. i, fig. 19; Pictet and Campiche, “Terr. Crét. de Ste. Croix”’ (‘ Mater. Pal. Suisse,’ ser. 5, 1870), p. 187, pl. clxix, figs. 6, 7. 166 CRETACEOUS LAMELLIBRANCHIA. more nearly equal in size. Surface with concentric ridges or growth-lines, which sometimes develop into small spiny projections where they cross the ribs. Anterior ear large, rising dorsally, with a deep byssal sinus. Left valve rather more convex, with usually from thirty-eight to forty-four ribs at the margin, where they are separated by very narrow grooves. Most of the ribs are of nearly equal size, but occasionally smaller ones occur; they are rounded on the early parts of the valve, but become flattened and broader ventrally, and also anteriorly and posteriorly. Secondary ribs are introduced at a short distance from the umbo. The grooves become narrow ventrally. Surface of ribs and erooves with close-set, concentric, linear ribs, which are better marked near the umbo than elsewhere. The bent antero- and postero-dorsal margins are without ribs, but have numerous radial strie; these striz appear on some of the ribs also. Anterior ear more elevated and larger than the posterior; both with a few broad radial ribs. Measurements : (1) (2) (3) Length 4.2 , 39 : 39 mm. Height ; 50 AY ; 42 ,, (1) Cenomanian (Bed 11), Dunscombe. (2) Cenomanian, Wilmington. (8) Cenomanian (A. Mantelli zone), Beer Head. Afjinities.—The ribs in this species are more numerous as a rule, and the concentric ornamentation much less well-developed than in P. Hspaillaci, d’ Orbigny. The ribs are much more numerous than in P. fissicosta, Ktheridge, and the radiating strize much less developed, being apparently confined to the anterior and posterior part of the valves. Remarks.—The English specimens are smaller than those figured by Matheron and @Orbigny, and, as pointed out by Jukes-Browne, agree better with the figures than with the descriptions given by those authors, but specimens obtained from France leave no doubt as to the identity of the English form with Matheron’s species. I have not seen the arrangement of the ribs shown in Matheron’s section (fig. 5), but there is sometimes an alternation of large and small ribs. T'ypes.—Cenomanian (Chert Beds) of Les Martigues, Uchaux, and Mornas Sault. Distribution.—Cenomanian of Wilmington. Cenomanian (Beds 10, 11) of Beer Head, and (Bed 11) of Dunscombe. Chloritic Marl of Melbury (Dorset) and Maiden Bradley. PECTEN. 167 PrOTEN (CHLAMYS) BRITANNICUS, sp. nov. Plate XXXI, figs. 1a, b, 2a, b. Description.—Shell thick, ovate, flattened, with even margins, shehtly mequi- lateral, antero-dorsal margin a little longer than the postero-dorsal, apical angle about 90°. Left valve with sixteen or more (sometimes probably thirty) strong, rounded, radial ribs, separated by deep grooves, which are frequently as broad as or broader than the ribs. The ribs merge into the smooth margin of the shell; they do not bifurcate, and only rarely is a new rib introduced between two others. Both ribs and grooves are marked by concentric, linear ridges, which are more distinct in the grooves than on the ribs, and are placed close together at regular intervals; the ridges imbricate upwards. Anterior ear moderately large, with the outer angle nearly rectangular, and one or two radial ribs. Posterior ear not seen. Right valve not seen. Measurements : Length : : ‘ 26°0 mm. Height ; 2870) 55 From M. cor-anguinum zone, South Croydon. Affinities.—This species resembles P. Hspaillaci, @ Orbigny,' from the Senonian of Dordogne and Charente-Inférieure, but it differs from the French form in possessing fewer ribs, with a stouter shell and thick margin (instead of a sharp and corrugated edge); also in the concentric ridges imbricating upwards, instead of downwards. 2, 3a—c, 4—6. 1833. Prcren concentricus, 8S. Woodward. Geol. Norfolk, p. 48, pl. v, figs. 27, 28. 1847. = Manteviianus, A. dOrbigny. Pal. Franc. Terr. Crét., vol. iii, p. 619, pl. cecexl, figs. 8—11. 1850. — = — Prodr. de Pal., vol. ii, p. 251. 1854. = concENTRICUS, J. Morris. Cat. Brit. Foss., ed. 2, p. 176. 1870. — Manreuuianus, Ff. J. Pictet and G. Campiche. Foss. Terr. Crét. Ste. Croix (Matér. Pal. Suisse, ser. 5), p. 215. 1 «Petrif. Suecana’ (1827), p. 21, pl. ix, fig. 10 ; Holzapfel, “ Mollusk. Aachen. Kreide” (‘ Palaon- tographica,’ vol. xxxv, 1889), p. 235, pl. xxvi, figs. 1, 2; Hennig, Revision af Lamell. i Nilsson’s ‘Petrif. Suecana’ (1897), p. 48, pl. iii, figs. 9—11; Strombeck, ‘Zeitschr. d. deutsch. geol. Gesellsch.,’ vol. xv (1863), p. 154; Schréder, ibid., vol. xxxiv (1882), p. 266. 2 Op. cit. (1827), p. 20, pl. ix, fig. 9; Holzapfel, op. cit. (1889), p. 286, pl. xxvi, fig. 16; Hennig, op. cit. (1897), p. 50, pl. iii, fig. 15 ; Stolley, ‘ Die Kreide Schleswig-Holsteins’ (1892), p. 288; Ravn, ‘Mollusk. i Danmarks Kridtafl.’ (1902), p. 89. 180 CRETACEOUS LAMELLIBRANCHIA. 1871. Proren ManrenLiaNnus (= concentricus), F. Stoliczka. Paleont. Indica, Cret. Fauna 8. India, vol. i, p. 428. 1879. ao ef. concentricus, O. Barrois. Ann. Soe. géol. du Nord, vol. vi, p. 452, pl. xu, fig. 4. 1889. — Manrexuut, £. Holzapfel. Die Mollusk. Aachen. Kreide (Palsonto- graphica, vol. xxxv), p. 235, pl. xxvi, fig. 6. 1892. — (Cuuamys) Manrenuianus, EH. Stolley. Die Kreide Schleswig- Holsteins (Mittheil. Min. Inst. Kiel, vol. i), p. 237. Non 1822. — concentricus, 7. Say. Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, vol. ii, pt. 2, p: 209. — 1825. — — Defrance. Dict. Sci. nat., vol. xxxviil, p. 253. — 837. — — F. OC. L. Koch and W. Dunker. Beitr nord-deutsch. Oolithgeb., p. 43, pl. v, fig. 8. Description.—Shell rather small, thin, ovate, dorsal third pointed ; inequilateral, higher than long; postero-dorsal margin straight or shghtly convex, and longer than the antero-dorsal, which is straight or shehtly concave. Apical angle from 86° to 90°. Ears moderately large, rather high, unequal. Right valve flat, with several (usually from three to five) strong growth-ridges separated by considerable intervals, and fine radial and concentric ornament, which is often indistinct or absent on the later parts of the valve. Radial ornament con- sists of about eleven very slightly elevated ridges or folds, which become indistinct ventrally; on the summits of the ridges there are usually two fine linear ribs, and others (two or three) of the same kind in the shallow furrows; near the anterior and posterior margins the radial ridges are replaced by ribs. Concentric ornament consists of fine, close-set, regular, linear ridges, which bear minute pointed granules where they cross the radial ribs. Anterior ear considerably larger than the posterior, and slightly produced dorsally, with a distinct, but not deep, sinus ; surface with growth-lines, which become sinuous near the valve—above the sinuous part there are faintly marked radial ribs. Posterior ear with an outer angle of about 90°, and with well-marked growth-lines. Left valve convex, with several strong growth-ridges at intervals. Ornamenta- tion consists of seventeen or eighteen main ribs, which are narrow and but little raised ; they are separated by broad, very shallow furrows. In the middle of each furrow is a similar but smaller rib, which, near the ventral border, sometimes be- comes almost as large as the main rib. At some distance from the umbo other smaller linear ribs (two to five) are introduced. In some cases all the radial ribs become indistinct near the ventral border, where the shell is then smooth, except for concentric ornament. The concentric ornament consists of regularly-placed, fine, linear ribs, which ave more widely spaced near the umbo than elsewhere, and form PECTEN. 181] a pointed granule where they cross the radial ribs; near the ventral border the ribs are often very closely placed. THars triangular, with a few growth-lmes; the anterior with granular ribs and nearly rectangular outer angle, the posterior smaller and with obtuse outer angle. Measurements : (1) {2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) encthie se 388" 30h 382. 30). 28 . 26 . 20mm. iieiont Waa 2 4a 87 So. 8D. COSTSCw kB (1—8) B. mucronata zone, near Norwich. Affinities —In form, and in the possession of similar radial and concentric ornamentation, this species resembles some of the varieties of P. cretosus, but is easily distinguishable by the stronger radial ridges, ete. Remarks.—The ditferences in the appearance of the ornamentation in this species seem to depend mainly on the state of preservation; in some cases the right valve is almost smooth. Frequently in the larger specimens the later part of the valve is almost without ornament. By far the larger number of specimens which I have seen were obtained from the neighbourhood of Norwich, where it is a characteristic fossil. Type.—The type of P. concentricus, Woodward, came from the Chalk of Norwich, but cannot now be found. ‘The types of P. Mantellianus, VOrbigny, came from the Senonian of Chayot (Marne). Distribution —M. cor-anguinum zone of South Croydon (Haling Pit). B. mucronata zone of Clarendon (near Salisbury), of Hartford Bridge and various other localities near Norwich. Upper Chalk of Sussex. Pacten (Cutamys) Ropinaupinus, d’Orbigny, 1847. Plate XXXIV, figs. 7 a,b, 8 a,b, 9 a,b, 10.a,b, ie 12 a—e; Plate-XXXyV, figs. 1—10. 1842. Proven inversrriatus, A. Leymeric. Mém. Soc. géol. de France, vol. v, p. 10, pl. xiii, fig. 1 (non inter- striatus, Minster). 1845. -—— oBxiquus, H. Forbes. Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., vol. i, p. 249 (non obliquus, Sowerby). 1847. — Rosrnarpinus, A. dOrbiqny. Pal. Franc. Terr. Crét., vol. iii, p- 587, pl. cecexxxi, figs. 1—4, yo — «nrerstrriarus, d’Orbigny. Lbid., p. 594, pl. eceexxxiil, figs. 1—5. 1850. = apriensis, A. d’Orbigny. Prodr. de Pal., vol. ii, p. 119. 182 CRETACEOUS LAMELLIBRANCHIA. 1852. Prcren apriensis, F. J. Pictet and W. Roux. Moll. Foss. Grés verts de Geneve, p. 511, pl. xlvi, fig. 3. 1854. — INTERSTRIATUS, J. Morris. Cat. Brit. Foss., ed. 2, p. 176. ? 1861. — Rosinaupinus, P. de Loriol. Anim. Invert. Foss. Mt. Saleéve, p: LOM, ply xu, figs; 10} — — Barretti, H. G. Seeley. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 3, vol. vii, Pa lLS, Wple way tiga le r 1869. = Rozsrnautpinus, P. de Loriol and V. Gilli¢ron. Urgon. Inf. de Landeron (Mém. Soc. helvét. Sci. nat., vol. xxiii), p. 22. 1870. _- — F. J. Pictet and G. Campiche. Foss. Terr. Crét. Ste. Croix (Matér. Pal. Suisse, ser. 5), p. 188, pl. elxx, figs 1—5. 1877. — aprriensis, A. J. Jukes-Browne. Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., vol. xxxiii, p- 500. — = Barrett, Jukes-Browne. Ibid., p. 500. ? 1883. — Dvuremreuet, W. Keeping. Foss., etc., Neoc. Upware and Brickhill, p. 105. 1884. = Rosrnaupinus, O. Weerth. Die Fauna des Neocom. im Teutoburg. Walde (Palaeont. Abhandl., vol. 11), p. 53. 1895. -— -- G. Maas. Zeitschr. d. deutsch. geol. Gesellscn., vol. xlvii, p. 269. 1896. — — A. Wollemann. Ibid., vol. xlviu, p. 840. = = GALLIENNEI, PassyI, et SUBINTERSTRIATUS, A. J. Jukes-Browne and W. Hill. Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., vol. lu, p. 150. 1900. — Rosinauprinus, A. Wollemann. Die Biv. u. Gastrop. d. deutsch. u. holland, Neocoms (Abhandl. d. k. preussisch. geol. Land., N. F., pt. 31), p. 47. ? 1900. — cf. Rosrnaupinus, G. Miiller. In W. Bornhardt, Zur Oberflachen u. Geol. Deutsch-Afrikas (Deutsch- Ost-Afrika, vol. vii), p. 551. Description.—Shell ovoid, pointed dorsally, higher than long, shghtly imequi- lateral, of moderate convexity. Apical angle from 80° to 85°. Ears rather large, unequal. Right valve ornamented with numerous narrow, shghtly raised ribs, which are sometimes wavy, and are separated by flattened spaces, often of greater width than the ribs. The ribs bear numerous small, scaly spines, which are placed transversely and are generally close together, but sometimes more widely and regularly sepa- rated. Spaces between the ribs covered by numerous striz, which im the middle of the valve are more or less parallel with the ribs, but become more and more oblique in passing towards the anterior and posterior borders. Anterior ear large, with a large sinus, well-marked growth-lines, and faint radial ribs. Posterior ear PECTEN. 183 much smaller, triangular, outer angle obtuse, marked with radial striz like those on the valve. Left valve rather more convex, ornamented with similar but fewer ribs, bearing scaly spines which are often placed at fairly regular intervals. Interspaces with striz as on the right valve. Ribs generally of nearly uniform size; but in some cases smaller ribs are intercalated at some distance from the umbo, so that alternat- ing larger and smaller ribs are clearly seen. Narrow concentric ridges, placed at regular intervals, are sometimes present near the umbo. Anterior ear large, with a few radial ribs—usually near the valve only, leaving the upper part smooth; ribs crossed by oblique striz. Posterior ear small, with outer angle obtuse, and marked with striz. Remarks.—This species varies greatly ; the number of ribs on the left valve ranges from 35 to 57, and consequently the width of the interspaces also varies. Sometimes smaller ribs are intercalated between some of the others. The spines on the ribs may be close together and numerous, or fewer and more widely sepa- rated, and sometimes they have a fairly distinct concentric arrangement ; in some cases the ribs on part of a valve, or on almost the entire surface, are without spines. Such smooth or nearly smooth forms occur in the Hythe Beds of Hythe, the Chloritic Marl of Maiden Bradley, the Rye Hill Sand of Warminster, the Cenomanian (Bed 12) of Beer Head, ete. The sharpness of the spines varies in different specimens, and is partly dependent on the nature of the enclosing rock. Some examples from Faringdon and also some from the Upper Greensand (Pl. XXXV, fig. 3) have ribs over the whole of the anterior left ear, and the ribs on the valve are numerous with the spines irregularly placed; I have not sufficient specimens to determine whether these are distinct from the other forms, or merely a variety. Some forms (Pl. XXXV, fig. 1) with few and strong ribs, and well-developed scales, also appear at first sight to be distinct, but it is difficult to draw a line between them and the normal form.’ A much larger series of Specimens is required to determine whether these forms are really distinct, or merely varieties. Mr. Jukes-Browne now agrees with me in regarding the forms which he named 1 A form similar to this, but having more numerous ribs and with the spines usually more pointed and erect, obtained from the Cenomanian Sandstone of Wilmington, etc. (Pl. XXXV, fig. 10) has been referred by Jukes-Browne to P. hispidus, Goldfuss. The state of preservation of the specimens is not sufficiently good to enable me to decide as to their affinities, but I am inclined to regard them as constituting only a variety of P. Robinaldinus. In some examples of the latter the spines are almost, if not quite, as large as in the former. They agree better with the figures of Geinitz than of Goldfuss, but the ribbing appears to vary considerably. Goldfuss, ‘ Petref. Germ.,’ vol. ii (1833), p. 59, pl. xciv, fig. 4; Pictet and Campiche, ‘Foss. Terr. Crét. Ste. Croix’ (1870), p. 215; Geinitz, ‘Das Elbthalgeb. in Sachsen’ (‘ Paleeontographica,’ vol. xx, pt. 1, 1872), p. 197, pl. xliv, figs. 9,10; Jukes-Browne, ‘Cret. Rocks of Britain’ vol, 1 (1900), p. 452. 184 CRETACEOUS LAMELLIBRANCHIA. (in 1897, see synonymy) Gallienne?, Passyi, and subinterstriatus as identical with P. Robinaldinus. The larger number of the specimens seen were obtained from the Perna-bed of Atherfield, the Rye Hill Sand of Warminster, the Chloritic Marl of Maiden Bradley, and the Cenomanian of the Devon coast. Affinities—This species is closely related to (and probably identical with) several forms described by d’Orbigny, d’Archiae, ete. Pecten Passyi, @ Archiac,' from the Tourtia (Cenomanian) of Tournay, varies considerably, but is perhaps distinguished from P. Robinaldinus by the smaller intercalated ribs being more numerous and more distinct; 1 some cases (as in the type specimen) spines are absent from most of the ribs, but in other examples from 'Tournay, which I have seen, they are as numerous as in most specimens of P. Robinaldinus. P. subinterstriatus, @ Archiac,’ from the same horizon, appears to differ only in having very numerous ribs. P. Dutemple’, VOrbigny,’ from the Gault, seems to be indistinguishable from P. Robinaldinus, except perhaps (as suggested by Pictet and Campiche) by the occurrence in P. Dutemplei of about fifteen ribs distributed over the whole surface of the anterior left ear, whereas (according to the same writers) in P. Robinaldinus seven or eight ribs only occur, and are confined to the lower part of the ear. But it is doubtful whether these characters are constant: in Leymerie’s figure the ribs seem to be distributed over the whole ear; while in @Orbigny’s figure of P. Robinal- dinus the ribs, although only six in number, are also distributed over the entire ear. P. Galliennei, VOrbieny,* is probably only a variety with rather fewer ribs on the valve, and with four or five ribs distributed over the anterior left ear. It is recorded by Pictet and Campiche from the Upper Greensand of Ventnor. P. rhotomagenis, VOrbigny,’ from the Cenomanian of Rouen, is another similar form with numerous ribs. P. Oosteri, de Loriol,® is likewise closely related to P. Robinaldinus. The form figured by @Orbigny as P. interstriatus, Leymerie, is probably only a variety, but it possesses fewer ribs than any Englsh form which I have seen. It approaches, however, some examples found in the Upper Greensand. The name aptiensis was proposed by d’Orbigny (1850) for the dinterstriatus of 1 «Mém. Soc. géol. de France,’ ser. 2, vol. ii (1847), p. 309, pl. xv, fig. 9. 2 Thid.-p. dll, pl. xv, fiero: 3 «Pal. Frane. Terr. Crét.,’ vol. iii (1847), p. 596, pl. eecexxxiu, figs. 1O—13. 4 Thid., p. 608, pl. eecexxxvi, figs. 5—-8. 5 Thid., p. 609, pl. cecexxxvi, figs. 9—11. 6 «Anim, Invert. Foss. Mt. Saléve’ (1861), p. 102, pl. xiii, figs. 4—8,; de Loriol and Gilliéron, ‘Urgon. infér. de Landeron’ (1869), p. 28, pl. i, fig. 18; F. J. Pictet and G. Campiche, ‘ Foss. Terr. Crét. Ste. Croix’ (‘ Matér. Pal. Suisse,’ ser. 5, 1870), p. 192, pl. clxx, fig. 6. a ee ee a ee PECTEN. 185 Leymerie (non Minster) ; but Robinaldinus, which is one of the forms of this species with fewer and coarser ribs, has the priority. P. aptiensis is placed by Pictet and Campiche as a synonym of both P. Robinaldinus and P. Dutemplei. Morris regarded P. Dutemplei and P. Galliennet as synonyms of interstriatus, Leymerie, and included in it both Upper and Lower Greensand forms. P. Barretti, Seeley, from the Cambridge Greensand, is founded on a worn specimen, but is probably identical with P. Robinaldinus, unless the numerous ribs on the anterior left ear be regarded as a distinguishing character. Types.—Vhe type of P. interstriatus, Leymerie, came from Les Crotites, Aube. D’Orbigny’s specimens of P. Robinaldinus were obtained from the Neocomian of St. Sauveur, ete. Distribution.— Perna-bed of Atherfield and Hast Shalford. Atherfield Beds of Sevenoaks. Hythe Beds of Hythe and Lympne. Lower Greensand of Faringdon, and perhaps Upware. Ferruginous Sands of Shanklin. Chloritic Marl of Maiden Bradley. Upper Greensand of Ventnor. Rye Hill Sand of Warminster. Chalk Marl, zone of A. Mantelli (Me¥er’s Beds 11 and 12) of Dunscombe, and Bed 11 of Beer Head. Proren (Cunamys) Srurcupurianus, Sowerby, 1836. Plate XXXV, fig. 11. 1836. Prcoren Sturcusuriensis, J.de C. Sowerby. Trans. Geol. Soc., ser. 2, vol. iv, p. 342, pl. xviu, fig. 1. == — SrurcHpurRianvs, Sowerby. Ibid., p. 360. 1854. — == J. Morris. Cat. Brit. Foss., ed. 2, p. 177. Description.—Shell large, ovate, higher than long, flattened, convexity small. Ornamented with numerous slightly-raised ribs, which on the greater part of the valve are alternately broad and very narrow, and are separated by narrow grooves ; but towards the margin the alternation of ribs may be less distinctly marked, and the interspaces broader with indications of oblique striz: the larger ribs have flattened or rounded summits, and are ornamented with transversely-placed scales. Umbones pointed ; apical angle rather small (about 85°); ears high, not very dis- tinctly separated from the rest of the valve. Measurements (approximate) : (1) (2) (3) (4) Length : 90) ; 79 ; 50 : 58 mm. Height 5» JP SSO 67 OSs (1—3) Haldon, (4) Blackdown. Affinities —No definite opinion can be given as to the affinities of this form, ; I g 24. 186 CRETACEOUS LAMELLIBRANCHIA. since only imperfectly preserved specimens have been seen. ‘he oblique striz, and the seales on the ribs, however, seem to connect it with P. Robinaldinus, but it appears to be distinguished by the regular alternation of large and small ribs, and by its greater size. P. Stutchburianus presents some resemblance to one of the specimens from the Tourtia figured by d’Archiac! as P. acuminatus, Gemitz, but differs in the ribs being closer together and alternating in size. Remarks.—The examples from Haldon differ from the type in having the scales on the ribs indistinct, but this difference is probably due to imperfect preservation. T'ype.—Blackdown Greensand ; in the Bristol Museum. Distribution.—Greensand of Haldon and Blackdown. Section AdquirectEN, P. Fischer,’ 1886. (‘ Manuel de Conch.,’ p. 944.) Proren (/Nquipecren) aspER, Lamarck, 1819. Plate XXXV, fig. 12; Plate XXXVI, figs. 1 (b> 25 aye 1770. M. Lister. Conch., pl. eccelxx, fig. 28. 1813. Osrrea muricata, J. Townsend. The Character of Moses established for Veracity as a Historian, vol. i, pl. i, fig. 2. 1819. Proren asper, Lamarck. Anim. sans Vert., vol. vi, p. 180. 1820. Prcrinires asprr, HE. 7. v. Schlotheim. Die Petrefactenkunde, p. 226. 1822. Prcren asper, J. de C. Sowerby. Min. Conch., vol. iv, p. 95, pl. ccclxx, iter. Il. — _- — A. Brongniart. Descr. géol. Envir. de Paris (in Cuvier’s Oss. Foss., vol. ii), pp. 320, 603, pl. v, fig. 1. 1825. — — Defrance. Dict. Sciences nat., vol. xxxviii, p. 261. 1832. — — G. P. Deshayes. Encyc. Méth. Vers, vol. iii, p. 728. 1833. - — A. Goldfuss. Petref. Germ., vol. ii, p. 58, pl. xciv, fig. 1. 1836. oa — G. P. Deshayes and H, Milne Edwards. Hd. 2 of Lamarck’s Anim. sans Vert., vol. vii, p. 157. 1837. = — FF. Dwardin. Mém. Soe. géol. de France, ser. 2, vol. ii, p- 228. — = — var. poLonica, G. G. Pusch. Polens Paleont., p. 41, pl. v, fie 7. 1839. — — HH. B. Geinitz. Char. d. Schicht. u. Petref. des siichs. Kreidegeb., pt. 1, p. 23. 1 «Mem. Soe. géol. de France,’ ser. 2, vol. ii (1847), pl. xvi, fig. 3 (on the left-hand side, not the other fig. 3). * I follow Dall in regarding Alquipecten as only a section of Chlamys. Sve ‘Trans. Wagner ree Instit. Science of Philadelphia,’ vol. iii (1898), p. 695. PECTEN. 187 1841. Prcren asper, Ff. A. Rimer. Die Verstein. d. nord-deutsch. Kreidegeb., p. 53. 184.6. — — H. B. Geinitz. Grundriss der Verstein., p. 469. — — — A. Hi. Reuss. Die Verstein. der bihm. Kreideformat., pt. 2, p 30; pl xl ie: 1. 1847. -— — A. @Orbigny. Pal. France. Terr. Crét., vol. iii, p.. 599, pl. cccexxxiv, figs. 1—6. 1850. —— — HH. B. Geinitz. Das Quadersandst. oder Kreidegeb. in Deutschland, p. 184. ~- — — A.@Orbigny. Prodr. de Pal., vol. ii, p. 168. 1852. — — &. Kuer. Denkschr. d. k. Akad. d. Wissensch., Math.-nat. Cle, vol mi, p. S17, pl: xvity fies 6: 1854. = — J. Morris. Cat. Brit. Foss., ed. 2, p. 175. 1855. =: = G. Cotteau. Moll. Foss. de l’ Yonne, p. 116. 1863. -- — A. Kunth. Zeitschr. d. deutsch. geol. Gesellsch., vol. xv, p. 724. 1870. — — FJ. Pictet and G. Campiche. Foss. Terr. Crét. Ste. Croix (Mat¢r. Pal. Suisse, ser. 5), pp. 208, 213. LSZ. — (Cuuamys) asprer, F. Stoliczka. Paleont. Indica, Cret. Fauna S. India, vol. i, p. 428. 1872. — ASPER, H. B. Geinitz. Das Elbthalgeb. in Sachsen (Paleonto- graphica, vol. xx, pt. 1), p. 198. 1876. — — 4H. Deicke. Die Tourtia von Milheim a. d. Ruhr, p. 26. 1878. Cuxamys aspur, H. Bayle. Explic. de la Carte géol. de France, vol. iv, pt. 1 (Atlas), pl. exxui, fig. 1. 1893. Prcren asprer, Rk. Michael. Zeitschr. d. deutsch. geol. Gesellsch., vol. 92 xlv, p. 234. Non 1830. — — Hart (fide @Orbigny). — 1852. = — I. Reeve. Conch. Icon., vol. viii, pl. ii, fig. 10. Description —Shell usually rather large, nearly circular, equilateral, almost equivalve ; antero- and postero-dorsal margins of equal length, straight or slightly concave. Valves moderately convex—right valve a little more convex than the left. Length equal to, or shghtly greater than, height. Umbones sharp. Apical angle about 105°. Hars moderately large, unequal. Surface of both valves ornamented with about seventeen main ribs, which are angular and elevated ; near the anterior and posterior borders they are sometimes rather smaller than elsewhere ; on the ribs are numerous sharp, hollow, ventrally directed spines. Near the umbo only these main ribs occur, but at a little dis- tance from it another similar but smaller rib, with similar spines, is introduced on each side of the main rib; and later other ribs usually appear successively —often one or two, but sometimes three or more on each side of the main rib. These lateral ribs are not always of equal size, and not always placed at equal distances from one another. The antero- and postero-dorsal margins of the valves 188 CRETACHKOUS LAMELLIBRANCHIA. are bent nearly perpendicularly to the plane between the valves, and this narrow, bent portion is ornamented with close-set grooves only, placed nearly per- pendicularly to the line between the valves. Ears ornamented with radial spiny ribs. Posterior ears triangular; anterior ears larger—the right with a well-marked sinus. Measurements : @) 2) GB) 36) 8), CO KS) Oe) Length . . 46 7k 67 67 65 62; 60 57 oo 495mm Height . - V4 “71 66 65) 166. 160) 160) 356) oo 7 (1) From the Cenomanian of Wilmington. (2—10) From Warminster. Affinities.—See P. pexatus (p. 190). Remarks.—The number of lateral ribs varies to some extent, and in a few cases only one is found on each side of the main ribs throughout their length. This species 1s abundant in the Upper Greensand of the south of England, especially at Warminster. It occurs less commonly in the Chloritic Marl, but is abundant in the Cenomanian of Devon.! Type.—From the Cenomanian of Ferté Bernard (Sarthe). The specimen figured by Sowerby, from the Upper Greensand of Horningham near Frome, is in the British Museum. Distribution.—Higher part of the Upper Greensand of Melcombe Bingham, Ballard Down, Ventnor, Savernake, Maiden Bradley, and Warminster. Rye Hill Sand of Maiden Bradley, Rye Hill, and Warminster. Chloritic Marl of Maiden Bradley and the Isle of Wight. Cenomanian (Meyer’s Beds 11 and 12) of the Devon coast and of Wilmington. Pecren (Adquipecten) Bravert, Sowerby, 1817. Plate XXXVIII. 1817. Proren Beaver, J. Sowerby. Min. Conch., vol. ii, p. 131, pl. elviii. 1822. — = G. Mantell. Foss. 8. Downs, p. 127, pl. xxv, fig. 11. 1825. — — Defrance. Dict. Sci. nat., vol. xxxviii, p. 264. re ts33333. — = A. Goldfuss. Petvef. Germ., vol. ii, p. 54, pl. xcii, fig. 5. — — DEPRESSUS, Goldfuss. Ibid., p. 53, pl. xeii, fig. 4. 1837. — Beaveri, H.G. Bronn. Lethea Geog., p. 677, pl. xxx, fig. 19 (ed. 3, vol. ii, pt. 5, p. 2738). 1 Pecten compositus, Sowerby (‘'Trans. Geol. Soc,’ ser. 2, vol. iv, 1836, p. 342, pl. xvii, fig. 20), from Blackdown, is probably a Lima related to L. cenomanensis, d’Orbigny. The type is in the Bristol Museum. PECTEN. 189 1841. Prcoren Beaver, F. A. Rimer. Die Verstein. d. nord-deutsch. Kreidegeb., p. d4. 1850. — ? Beavert, A. d’Orbigny. Prodr. de Pal., vol. ii, Daeg: = — suaosus, J. de C. Sowerby, in F. Dixon. Geol. Sussex, p. 347 (p. 382, ed. 2), pl. xxviii, fig. 26. 1854. — Bravert, J. Morris. Cat. Brit. Foss., ed. 2, p. 175. 1863. = = A. v. Strombeck. Geitschr. d. deutsch. geol. Gesellsch., vol. xv, p. 108. 1870. = — F.J. Pictet and G. Campiche. Foss. Terr. Crét. Ste. Croix (Matér. Pal. Suisse, ser. 5), pp. 214, 218. 1871. — = F. Stoliczka. Paleont. Indica, Cret. Fauna S. India, vol. iu, p. 428. Deseription.—Shell large, thin, oval or nearly circular; height usually slightly greater than length; margins evenly rounded except at the junction with the ears. Valves compressed, nearly equal, shehtly inequilateral. Apical angle large, from 118° to 125°. Ears long, low, a little unequal. Right valve with broad radial ribs, which have sharp and sometimes slightly irregular summits and gently sloping sides; there are also similar smaller ribs, which do not reach the umbo. The ribs are smaller anteriorly and posteriorly. The surface of the valve is ornamented with fine, close-set, concentric, linear ridges, and sometimes with radial ridges. Anterior ear with a well-marked sinus, ornamented with scaly ribs except near its junction with the valve. Posterior ear smaller, outer angle nearly a right angle; surface with ribs, sometimes obscured by concentric lamellee. Left valve with about seventeen main ribs, which are narrow, elevated, and sharp, sometimes shehtly serrate at the summits; separated by broad furrows. A smaller rib is often introduced in the middle of the furrow at a distance from the umbo, and on the sides of the ribs other still smaller ribs may occur. Anteriorly and posteriorly the main ribs become smaller. The ribs and furrows are crossed by many fine, close-set, regular, concentric ridges, which are seen most distinctly in the furrows. Anterior ear a little more elevated than the posterior; both with radial ribs and sharp outer angles. Measurements : (1) 2) (3) (4) (5) (6) HenctimeretS leer coee So 9 LOO... 196.4. 09mm: Hernia o0n. So. 10OL . 106 .. 98° 2 LOO e (1, 2) Chalk Marl, Folkestone. (3) . », Meldreth. (4, 5) Totternhoe Stone, Burwell. (6) H. subglobosus zone, Cherry Hinton. Affinities. —P. depressus, Goldfuss, seems to be scarcely distinguishable from P. Beavert. 'The specimen figured by Goldfuss as P. Beaveri does not show the 190 CRETACEOUS LAMELLIBRANCHIA. small ribs on the sides of the main ribs, and may perhaps be distinct, but this can be determined only by an examination of specimens. T'ypes.—The type was obtained from Lower Chalk of Childrey, near Wantage, and is said to be in the Oxford Museum. The type of P. jugosus is missing, and the locality from which it was obtained is not given by Sowerby. Mantell’s figured specimen, from the Chalk Marl of Hamsey, also appears to have been lost. Distribution.—Upper Gault (zone x) of Folkestone. Red Limestone of Hunstanton (fide Survey Memoirs). Chloritic Marl of Blackgang and Niton. Chalk Marl of Ventnor, Folkestone, Meldreth, Hunstanton, Stoke Ferry, ete. Totternhoe Stone of Cherry Hinton, Burwell, Dersingham, and Hunstanton. H. subglobosus zone of Blue Bell Hill (Burham), Shelford, and Cherry Hinton. PrcteN (ANQUIPECTEN) PEXATUS, sp. nov. Plate XXXVI, figs. 5 a,b, 6, 7a, 0. ? 1850. Prcren Dusarpint, J. de C. Sowerby, in F. Dizon. Geol. Sussex, p. 356, pl. xxvii, fig. 4 (? locality). 1897. Cutamys TERNATA, H. Woods. Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., vol. li, p. 382 (not the synonymy). Description.—Shell small, ovate or nearly circular, pointed dorsally, equi- lateral, and almost equivalve; of sight convexity. Length usually a little less than height. Apical angle about 104°. Hars fairly large. Both valves have radial folds, of shght elevation, and usually eleven in number. The entire surface is ornamented with numerous narrow, elevated, and sharply limited ribs, which are placed regularly, are of shghtly unequal size, and bear many short, hollow spines, which are generally directed ventrally, but are sometimes nearly perpendicular. At the summit of each fold is a rib rather larger than the others, and bearing longer spines; other ribs occur on the sides of the folds, and are introduced at different distances from the umbo, the latest rib being the smallest. On each side of a fold, near the margin of the valve, there are generally three, but sometimes more ribs. Kars shehtly unequal, ornamented with four or more radial spiny ribs, and with a row of spines at the dorsal edge ; byssal smus moderately deep. Measurements : (1) (2) (3) (4) Leneth 24. ; 20 : 16-0 11-0 mm. Height 25 : 20°5 : 16°75 ; Lilt oy ae (1, 53) H. planus zone, Cheveley. (2) Upper Chalk, near Salisbury. (4) A. quadratus zone, Hast Harnham. PECTEN. 191 Affinities. —This species resembles P. asper (see p. 186), but is much smaller, less convex, with fewer folds (or main ribs), and, in specimens of the same size, with more numerous and more closely placed ribs. When describing the Mollusca of the Chalk Rock (1897), I referred this species to P. ternatus, Goldfuss, which was founded on a cast from the Quader Sandstone of Schandau (Saxony), and appears to be the form usually known as 2. Dujardin. On further examination this determination did not seem altogether satisfactory, and I have recently, through the kindness of M. Raoul Fortin and M. A. de Grossouvre, received specimens of P. Dujardini from France; Professor Deich- miiller has also sent me casts of Geinitz’ figured specimens. I am now able to say that P. Dujardini differs from P. pexatus in having much stronger and more distinctly separated folds, with less distinct ribs and spines, and in having-closely- placed concentric lamelle; in specimens larger than those figured by d’Orbigny the ventral margins of the valves are sharply bent. ‘Two of the specimens figured by Geinitz' (figs. 10, 11) may belong to P. pevatus, but they show the interior of the valves only. P. Dujardint appears to be more nearly related to LP. septem- plicatus, Nilsson, than to P. pexatus. Distribution.—Zone of T. gracilis of Hooken (Devon). Zone of H. planus of Cheveley (Newmarket). Chalk Rock of Winchester and Clothall (Baldock). Uintacrinus zone of Devizes Road (Salisbury). Zone of A. quadratus of Hast Harnham. Zone of B. mucronata of Clarendon (Salisbury), and of Shute-end Pit, Alderbury. Proten (AQUIPECTEN), sp. Plate XXXVI, figs. 8 a,b. Description.—Shell small, flattened, ornamented with from ten to thirteen narrow, elevated ribs, which are separated by broad, flat interspaces. Ribs with hollow, curving spines, placed at regular and fairly distant intervals. Remarks.—This form, of which I have seen three specimens only, appears to be distinguished from P. asellus, Sowerby,’ by the spines on the ribs. It differs from P. rarispinus, Reuss,’ in the absence of radial folds. Distribution.—Chalk Rock of Winchester. A. guadratus zone of Kast Harnham (Salisbury) and near Winchester. 1 «Das Elbthalgeb. in Sachsen’ (1872), pt. 2, pl. x, figs. 10, 11. 2 J. de C. Sowerby, in F. Dixon, ‘ Geol. Sussex’ (1850), p. 348 (p. 583, ed. 2), pl. xxviii, fig. 5. The locality and horizon of P. asellus are not given by Dixon, and the type cannot now be found. I have seen no example which could be referred to this species. 3 «Die Verstein. der béhm. Kreideformat.’ (1846), pt. 2, p. 31, pl. xxxix, fig. 15; Geinitz, “ Das Elbthalgeb. in Sachsen” (‘ Paleontographica,’ 1872, vol. xx, pt. 2), p. 36, pl. x, fig. 13. 192 CRETACEOUS LAMELLIBRANCHIA. PEcTEN (ANQUIPECTEN) SARUMENSIS, sp. nov. Plate XXXVII, figs. 1, 24,0, 3. Description.—Shell small, slightly inequilateral, height and length nearly equal, outline rounded, convexity small. Apical angle 107° to 111°. Ears rather large. Right valve ornamented with very numerous (fifty to sixty) narrow, well- marked, radial ribs, which are separated by deep, narrow grooves. The ribs are often slightly unequal, sometimes alternately, the smaller ribs being imtroduced later than the larger. The ribs bear numerous small, similar, spiny scales, placed either vertically or sloping, and sometimes having a roughly concentric arrangement ; near the umbo concentric lamelle occur. Postero-dorsal margin with fine oblique striz. Anterior ear long, with a deep sinus and four radial ribs with spines. Posterior ear much shorter, with three or four radial, spiny ribs. Left valve not seen. Measurements : (1) (2) (3) (4) Length . 8:5 : 70 : 6 : 5°25 mm Height ; 8:0 ; 6°75 ' G 50, (1—4) A. quadratus zone, East Harnham, Salisbury. Affinities —In form this species resembles P. campaniensis, but is easily distinguished by the much larger number of ribs. The ornamentation resembles that of P. pexatus, but the shell is without radial folds, the ribs are fewer, and the apical angle larger. Radial folds occur on even the smallest specimens of P. pexatus. Types.—In Dr. Blackmore’s collection. Distribution.—A. quadratus zone of Hast Harnham (Salisbury). 3B. mucronata zone of Clarendon (Salisbury). ProrEN (AZQUIPECTEN) CAMPANIENSIS, @’ Orbigny, 1847. Plate XX XVII, figs. 4—8. 1847. Prcoren campantensis, A. d’Orbigny. Pal. Franc. Terr. Crét., vol. im, p. 620, pl. ccccxl, figs. 12—16. 1850. ~- -- — Prodr. de Pal., vol. 11, p. 251. 1870. = -- F. J. Pictet and G. Campiche. Foss. Terr. Crét. Ste. Croix (Matér. Pal. Suisse, ser. 5), p. 215. 1887. -- —- A. Peron. Hist. Terr. Craie 8.E. du Bassin Anglo- Parisien (Bull. Soc. Sci. hist. et nat. de l’Yonne, ser. 3, vol. xii), p. 163. 1889. ~—- “= O. Griepenkerl. Senon von Kénigslutter (Palaeont. Abhandl., vol. iv), p. 44, PECTEN. 193 Description.—Shell small, nearly equilateral, nearly circular, length equal to, or shghtly greater than the height. Antero- and postero-dorsal margins straightened. Convexity small. Apical angle about 106°. Ears moderately large, unequal. Right valve with about twenty-four strong, rounded ribs at the margin, some of which may be formed by bifurcation at some distance from the umbo. ‘The ribs may be all of nearly equal size, or those formed by bifurcation may be somewhat smaller and closer together. Grooves between the ribs are deep, but rather narrower than the ribs. Both grooves and ribs are crossed by concentric lamellar ridges, which are especially distinct near the umbo, and may be absent or indistinct ventrally ; these ridges are continuous, and placed at regular intervals. Anterior ear long, with a deep sinus, and two or three serrate ribs radiating from its apex and crossed by fine concentric ridges. Posterior ear smaller, triangular, nearly smooth. Left valve with similar ornamentation, but rather narrower ribs, some of which do not reach the neighbourhood of the umbo. Anterior ear rather long, with three or four well-marked radial ribs crossed by concentric ridges. Posterior ear smaller, with rather less distinct radial ribs and concentric ridges. Measurements : (1) 2) (3) (4) (5) (6) Geneth . Wir> . 9:0 mh ke oe DG ee SY) Gaaical Heieht = 10 . 875 Oo, 4 0. ox AtZoeeee (1, 2) B. mucronata zone, Norwich. (3, 6) 3 ss Clarendon, Salisbury. (4) Uintacrinus zone, Devizes Road, Salisbury. (5) A. quadratus zone, Hast Harnham, Salisbury. Affinities —This species resembles both P. acute-plicatus, Alth,t and P. leopo- liensis, Alth,’? but is distinguished from both by its more numerous ribs, the narrower furrows, and concentric ridges. Remarks.—TVhis appears to be a rather rare species; I have seen only about a dozen specimens. Type.—From the Senonian of Chayot (Marne). Distribution.—Uintacrinus zone of Devizes Road, one mile west of Salisbury. Marsupites zone near Winchester. A. quadratus zone of East Harnham near Salisbury, and Winchester. B. mucronata zone of Clarendon near Salisbury, and of Norwich. Upper Chalk of Guildford. Chalk of Trimingham. 1 Haidinger’s ‘Naturwiss. Abhand.,’ vol. iii, pt. 2 (1850), p. 248, pl. xii, fig. 34; Favre, Moll. Foss. Craie de Lemberg’ (1869), p. 148, pl. xiii, figs. 3, 4. 2 Op. cit., p. 247, pl. xii, fig. 33; Favre, op. cit., p. 149, pl. xin, fig. 5. nh oda 194 CRETACEOUS LAMELLIBRANCHIA. PrctEN (AIQUIPECTEN) ARLESIENSIS, sp. nov. Plate XXXVII, figs. 9—11. Description.—Shell small, nearly circular, pointed dorsally, height and length nearly equal; nearly equilateral; convexity moderate. Apical angle about 103°. Hars very unequal. Right valve with fifteen or sixteen strong, rounded, radial ribs, which are undivided, and of nearly equal size, but somewhat smaller anteriorly and poste- riorly. Ribs separated by strong, rounded grooves, a little narrower than the ribs. Fine, regularly-placed, concentric ridges cross both ribs and grooves, and are best marked near the umbo; on the ribs they develop into rather prominent, projecting scales. Near the posterior border of the valve the grooves are marked obliquely by closely set striz. Anterior ear very long, with a deep sinus, and two or three radial ribs bearing scales or tubercles. Posterior ear much shorter, the outer angle approximately rectangular. Left valve with similar ornamentation, but the ribs rather narrower and the scales somewhat more widely separated. Measurements : () (2) (3) (4) Length 22 95 u ; 6 mm. Height ; 23 : ae) : 7 : O55; (1, 3, 4) Totternhoe Stone, Arlesey. (2) Chalk Marl, Folkestone. Afjinities—This species resembles the form referred by Geinitz (from the Turomian), and by Fritsch, to P. pulchellus, Nilsson (see p. 196), but it differs in having fewer and more widely separated ribs. These characters, as well as the scales on the ribs, also separate P. arlesiensis from P. campaniensis, d’Orbigny. T'ypes.—F rom the Chalk Marl of Folkestone. Distribution.—Chalk Marl of Folkestone, and from a deep boring in the axis of the Winchester anticline. Totternhoe Stone (H. subglobosus zone) of Arlesey. Prcten (Aiquirecren) putcuenius, Nilsson, 1827. Plate XXXVII, figs. 12a—e, 13, 14a,b, 15. 1827. Prcren puLcHELLvS, S. Nileson. Petrific. Suecana, p. 22, pl. ix, fig. 12. —- — LINEATUS, Nilsson. Ibid., p. 22, pl. ix, fig..13. 1833. — spurius, A. Goldfuss. Petref. Germ., vol. ii, p. 51, pl. xci, fig. 10. — — PULCHELLUS, Goldfuss. Ibid., p. 51, pl. xci, fig. 9. 1842. 1847. 1848. 1850. 1900. 1902. PECTEN. 195 PECTEN PULCHELLUS, W. Hisinger. Letheea Suecica, p. 51, pl. xvi, fig. 9. LINEATUS, Hisinger. Ibid., p. 51, pl. xvii, fig. 1. PULCHELLUS, Ff. A. Rimer. Die Verstein. d. nord-deutsch. Kreide- geb., p. 52. spuRIus, Rimer. Ibid., p. 52. PULCHELLUS, F. v. Hagenow. Neues Jahrb. fiir Min., ete., p. 550. == J. Miller. Petref. der Aachen. Kreidef., pt. 1, p. 33. = H. G. Bronn. Index Paleont., vol. i, p. 929. — A. d Orbigny. Prodr. de Pal., vol. ii, p. 252. SUBPULCHELLUS, d'Orbigqny. Ibid., p. 252. PULCHELLUS, H. B. Geinitz. Das Quadersandst. oder Kreidegeb. in Deutschland, p. 184 (partim). Sraszycr, A. Alth. Beschreib. der Umgebunge von Lemberg (Haidinger’s Naturwiss. Abhandl., vol. 111, pt. 2), p. 248, pl. xu, fig. 35. — R. Kner. Denkschr. d. k. Akad. Wissensch. Math.-nat. Classe, vol. iii, p. 316, pl. xvii, fig. 2. PULCHELLUS, A. v. Strombeck. Zeitschr. d. deutsch. geol. Gesellsch., vol. xv, p. 154. = E. Favre. Moll. Foss. de la Craie de Lemberg, p. 145. == C. Schliiter. Neues Jahrb. fiir Min., etc., p. 951. -- F. J. Pictet and G. Campiche. Foss. Terr. Crét. Ste. Croix (Mater. Pa]. Suisse, ser. 5), p. 219. = I, Stoliczka. Paleeont. Indica, Cret. Fauna S. India, vol. ii, p. 428. — EH. Holzapfel. Die Mollusk. Aachen. Kreide (Pale- ontographica, vol. xxxv), p. 204, pl. xxvi, figs. 10—13. ~- O. Griepenkerl. Senon. von Kénigslutter (Palaeont. Abhandl., vol. iv), p. 45. LINEATUS, Griepenkerl. Ibid., p. 44. (CHLAMYS) PULCHELLUS, EH. Stolley. Die Kreide Schleswig- Holsteins (Mittheil. Min. Institut. Univers. Kiel, vol. i), p. 240. PULCHELLUS, F’. Vogel. Holliindisch. Kreide, p. 23. spurius, Vogel. Ibid., p. 22, pl. i, figs. 20, 21. PULCHELLUS, A. Hennig. Revis. Lamell. i Nilsson’s ‘ Petrif. Sue- cana’ (Kon. Fysiogr. Sillsk. 1 Lund. Hand, IN: Ei) vole wain);7p. 30) spl. as figs. 27, 29—32; pl. mi, figs. 1, 2. (ANQUIPECTEN) PULCHELLUS, E. Philippi. Zeitschr. d. deutsch. eeol. Gesellsch., vol. li, p- 101, fig. 18. PULCHELLUS, J. P. J. Ravn. Mollusk. 1 Danmarks Kridtafl. I. Lamellibr. (Kgl. Danske Vid. Selsk. Skrift. 6 Rekke, nat. math, Afd., vol. x1), p. 82, pl. i, fig. 8. 196 CRETACEOUS LAMELLIBRANCHIA. Non 1842. Prcrrn putcueitus, P. Matheron. Cat. Foss. du Bouches-du-Rhéne, p. 186, pl. xxx, figs. 4—6. . —— ]lis}593}. — _ L. Reeve. Conch. Iconica, vol. viii, pl. xxxii, fig. 142. — 1872. -- — H. B. Geinitz. Das Elbthalgeb. in Sachsen (Paleon- tographica, vol. xx, pt. 2), p. 33, pl. x, figs. 2—4. — 1877. — -—— A. Fritsch. Stud. im Gebiete der béhm. Kreide- format.: II, Die Weissenberg. u. Malnitz. Schicht., p. 136, fig. 130. — 1893. — — R. Michael. GZeitschr. d. deutsch. geol. Gesellsch., vol. xlv, p. 243. Description.—Shell small, oval, rounded, height equal to, or slightly greater than the length; nearly equilateral, the postero-dorsal margin a httle longer than the antero-dorsal. Convexity of valves small. Apical angle about 103°. Kars of moderate size, unequal. Right valve with a variable number (twenty-three to forty-four at the margin) of broad, flattened, radial ribs, separated by much narrower, shallow grooves ; in approaching the umbo some of the ribs become united im pairs. Near the anterior and posterior borders ribs are small or absent. Both ribs and grooves are marked by numerous fine radial striz, which, in the middle of the valve, are parallel with the ribs, but cut them more and more obliquely in passing toward the anterior and posterior margins, which they meet at acute angles. Anterior ear longer than high, with the outer margin rounded and a rather small sinus; posterior ear smaller, triangular, higher than long, outer angle obtuse; both ears with radial strie like those on the valve, and the anterior ear sometimes with a few concentric ridges also. Left valve with narrow, elevated, sharply-limited ribs, some of which (often alternate ones) do not reach the neighbourhood of the umbo. Ribs small or absent near the anterior and posterior margins. Grooves between the ribs broad and deep, marked by radial striz like those on the right valve. Summits of ribs slightly serrate. Ears triangular, the posterior a little smaller than the anterior and with the outer angle obtuse; both ears with radial striee. Measurements : (1) (2) (3) (4) Length : 20°5 : 15:0 ; 12°5 : 10°5 mm. Height ; PAO HS) ' 16:0 F 13:0 : Or ee (1—4) from Trimingham. Affinities —P. lineatus, Nilsson, is a left valve of P. pulchellus. P. spurius, Goldfuss, from Haldem, of which the type is in the Munich Museum, has been shown by Hennig to be identical with P. pulchellus. The form from the Planer- kalk of Strehlen referred by Geinitz to P. pulchellus is regarded by Schliiter, PLATE XXVII. Genus—PrcteN, Miller. Pecten (Syncyclonema) orbicularis, Sow. (P. 145.) (All in the Woodwardian Museum, except fig. 4.) Gault, Folkestone, Wiltshire Collection. Right valve. Var. haldonensis, Woods. Upper Greensand, Kingskerswell. Museum of Practical Geology, No. 991. Right valve. 5. Chloritic Marl, Maiden Bradley. Right valve. 6—9. Upper Greensand, Ventnor. 6a, right valve (ears partly drawn from another specimen); 60, antero-ventral portion of the same xX 3. 7a, right valve (margins of ears slightly restored) ; 7b, posterior portion of the same X 3; 7c, left valve of the same specimen. 8, right valve. 9a, right valve; 9b, postero-ventral portion of the same x 3. 6, 7, Leckenby Collection. 8, 9, Wiltshire Collection. 10—13. Chalk Marl, Burwell. 10a, left valve; 1006, portion of the same near the ventral margin x 10 (on other parts of the valve the fine concentric IGS. 1,2. Tealby Limestone, North Willingham. Right valves. 3. 4. ridges are closer together). 11—13, right valves. 14. Totternhoe Stone, Burwell. Part of interior of mght valve « 2. PLATE XXVII. TABrock del. Nest,Newman AT. Hollick lith ‘1D GIm PEATE Xoxayaiie PECTEN (continued). P. (Camptonectes) cinctus, Sow. Claxby Ironstone (zone of B. lateralis) of Claxby. Woodwardian Museum. (P. 152.) f » Figs. lau. Right valve x 3. 16, portion of the same, natural size. 2a. Left valve of another specimen x 3. 26, portion of the same, natural si 3. Portion of left valve with the concentric laminz well preserved X 2. a (The ears in figs. 1a, 2a, have been partly completed from other specimens.) PLATE XXVIII. allo) Sane Bes WAtsrock del in AT: Hollick lith. CRETACHOUS LAMELLIBRANCHIA PLATE XXIX. PECTEN (continued). Figs. 1—3. P. (Camptonectes) Cottaldinus, Orb. Leckenby Collection, Woodwardian Museum. (P. 156.) 1. Lower Greensand, Whale Chine. Right valve. 2. Perna-bed, Atherfield. a, left valve; b, part of the same above the middle of the valve x 3. 3. Perna-bed, Atherfield. Left valve. a, part near the middle of the dorsal third x 3; b, part of the anterior ear x 4. 4—6. P. (Camptonectes) striato-punctatus, Rom. (P. 157. 1 l 4. Speeton Clay (D1). Mr. Lamplugh’s Collection. a, part of left valve; 6, part of same X 3. 5, Same horizon, etc. Anterior left ear x 3. 6. Claxby Ironstone, Benniworth Haven. Woodwardian Museum. Part of left valve. NI P. (Camptonectes) curvatus, Gein. Greensand, Great Haldon. Museum of Practical Geology, No. R478a. Left valve. a, natural size; 6, same x3. ‘(Pe 1593) 8. P. (Camptonectes) dubrisiensis, Woods. Chalk Marl, Dover. British Museum, No. 38243. a, right valve; b, left valve; c, anterior ear of bx 2. {(ReMG25) PLATE XXIX. TABrock del Weck Roget AT.Hollick lith. West, Newman im CRETACHOUS LAMELLIBRANCHIA PLATE XXX. Prcren (continued). Fias. 1,2. P. (Camptonectes ?) gaultinus, Woods. Gault. Woodwardian Museum. la, right valve, Folkestone, x 13; 16, portion of the same near the postero-dorsal margin xX 6. 2, left valve, Black Ven, x 2. (Bs 1632) 3—8. P. (Chlanys) fissicosta, Eth. Woodwardian Museum. (P. 163.) 3—6. Totternhoe Stone, Burwell. 1. ‘ » Arlesey. 8. es ,, Cherry Hinton. 3, right valve (type). 4, left valve (type). 5a, right valve; 5b, part of the same specimen X 2. 6a, left valve x 1}; 60, part of the same near the antero-ventral border x 3; 6c, another part near the middle of the valve x 3. 7, right valve of a variety with few ribs. 8, left valve, crushed near the umbo. 9—12. P. (Chlamys) Puczosianus, Math. Woodwardian Museum. (P. 165. 9. Cenomanian, north of Beer Head. a, left valve; b, postero-ventral part of the same X 2. 10. Cenomanian, Wilmington. a, left valve ; 6, part of the same near the centre x 2. 11. Same locality. Right valve. 12. Top of Chloritic Marl, Melbury, North Dorset. Anterior part of right valve with the ornamentation well preserved x 2. PLATE XXX. TABrock del. West,Newman imp AT Hollick lith. CRETACEOUS LAMELLIBRANCHIA. PLATE: Xx PEcren (continued). Figs. 1,2. P. (Chlamys) britannicus, Woods. (P. 167.) 1. Dr. Blackmore’s Collection. Upper part of M. cor-anguinum zone, Stratford, near Salisbury. a, part of valve; 6, same x 4. 2. Mr. G. E. Dibley’s Collection. M. cor-anguinum zone, Haling Pit, South Croydon. a, left valve; 6, part of the same x 3. 3—6. P. (Chlamys) Milleri, Sow. Greensand, Blackdown. Woodwardian Museum. (P2168) 3. Meyer Collection. a, left valve; b, part of the same near the umbo x 6. 4, Wiltshire Collection. a, right valve x 2. The anterior ear is drawn from another specimen in the same collection. 5. Wiltshire Collection. Right valve. Ornamentation just above the middle of the valve x 6. 6. Meyer Collection. a, left valve; b, postero-ventral part of the same x 3. 7—9. P. (Chlamys) subacutus, Lam. (P. 169.) 7, 9. Me¥er Collection. Bed 11 (Cenomanian), Dunscombe. 7a, right valve; 7b, part of same x 3. 9, ribs of another right valve near the middle of the valve x 3. 8. Museum of Practical Geology, No. 6683. Greensand, Haldon. a, right valve; b, part of same in the middle of the dorsal third x 4; ¢, part near middle of ventral border x 4. 10—13. P. (Chlamys) elongatus, Lam. Woodwardian Museum. (P. 170.) 10, 11. Wiltshire Collection. Gault, Folkestone. 10, left valve. lla, left valve; 116, part of same X 3. 12. Wiltshire Collection, Chalk Marl, Ventnor. a, left valve; b, postero-ventral part of same x 2. 13. Totternhoe Stone, Arlesey. Right valve. Ribs near the middle of the ventral border x 4. Wi, Ni West Newm TABrock del, ATHollick ith IPTGA WE, XEXOXGnT: PECTEN (continued). Fics. 1—3. P. (Chlamys) clongatus, Lam. (P. 170.) 1. Grey Chalk, Dover. York Museum. a, right valve; 6, portion of the same near the middle of the valve x 3. 2. Lower Chalk, Burwell. Woodwardian Museum. a, left valve; b, part of the same near the middle of the valve x 3. 3. Same horizon, ete. a, right valve; b, part of same below the middle of the valve x 3. (The anterior ear is displaced.) 4—6. P. (Chlamys) cretosus, Defr. A. quadratus zone, Kast Harnham. Dr. Blackmore’s Collection. (P. 174.) 4a, left valve x 1d. 4b, mid-ventral ribs of 4a x 3. 4c, right valve of the same specimen x 1}. 4d, mid-ventral ribs of 4¢ x 3. 5a, left valve. 5b, part of 5a posterior to the middle of the ventral border x 4. 6a, left valve. 6b, umbo of 6a x 3. 6c, part of 6a near the mid-ventral border x 4. PLATE XXXII Pref SSS TABrock del ATHollick lith. CRETACEOUS LAMELLIBRANCHIA © bo We Sy LO. te: PLATE XOXOxaE PECTEN (continued). Pecten (Chlaimys) eretosus, Defr. Upper Chalk. (P. 174.) A. quadratus zone, Kast Harnham. Dr. Blackmore’s Collection. a, right valve x 13; 6, part at antero-ventral edge x 4; c, antero-ventral part of left valve of the same specimen x 4. Same horizon, ete. «, left valve; 6, part just behind the mid-ventral edge x 3. Same horizon, etc. a, left valve x 14; b, part at postero-ventral margin x 4. Fine concentric ridges cover almost the entire shell, but are not shown in the figure. Near the umbo the radial ribs are spiny. M. cor-anguinum zone, Porton. Dr. Blackmore’s Collection. a, left valve; }, part Just behind the mid-ventral margin x 3. Marsupites zone, Withermgton. Dr. Blackmore’s Collection. Left valve. M. cor-anguinum zone, Gravesend. Mr. G. E. Dibley’s Collection. «a, right valve, with interior of anterior /eft ear; b, part of mid-ventral third x 4. Upper Chalk, Bromley. Wiltshire Collection. Right valve of specimen with coarse ribs. a, antero-ventral part; b, portion of same part X 3. Same horizon, ete. Part of mid-ventral third of left valve x 6. B. mucronata zone, Norwich. Norwich Museum, No. 2056. Part of left valve near the middle of the ventral edge x 4. A, quadratus zone, Kast Harnham. Dr. Blackmore’s Collection. Part at the mid-ventral edge Xx 4. Upper Chalk, Charlton. Wiltshire Collection. Right valve of a specimen with the scaly spies large and well-preserved. Part near the ventral edge X 6. Upper Chalk, Trimingham. Mr. R. M. Brydone’s Collection. Right valve. Form with numerous slender ribs. Portion at the dorsal third x 6. PLATE XXXII. 10 x4 wimbubtetkhe West. Newman imp TABrock del, AT.Hollick lith CRETACEOUS LAMELLIBRANCHIA. PLATH XXXIV. PECTEN (continued). Fias. 1—6. P. (Chlamys) Mautellianus, @Orb. Upper Chalk (B. mucronata zone), Norwich. Norwich Museum (except fig. 3). (P. 179.) 1. No, 2093. a, left valve; 6b, part near mid-ventral edge x 6. 2. No. 2053. Left valve. 3. Woodwardian Museum. Right valve. a, natural size; b, middle part x 2; c, portion near the centre x 5. 4. No. 2055. Right valve. Part near the umbo x 2. 5. No. 2055 (another specimen). Right valve. 6. No. 20538. Left valve x 2. 7—12. P. (Chlamys) Robinaldinus, @Orb. Perna-bed. Atherfield. | Wood- wardian Museum. (P. 181.) 7. Leckenby Collection. a, left valve; b, part near the margin just in front of the mid-ventral part x 4. 8. Leckenby Collection. a, left valve; b, part of the middle of the valve between the two strong growth-lines x 3. 9. Leckenby Collection. a, left valve; 6, part near the mid-ventral edge Xx 3. 10. a, right valve; 6, part near the antero-ventral margin x 4. 11. Left valve; middle of ventral third x 4. 12. Wiltshire Collection. a, left valve; b, part near the mid-ventral margin x 4; c, anterior ear X 3. PLATE XXXIV. TABrock del. AT Hollick ath West, Newman im CRETACEOUS LAMELLIBRANCHIA PLATE XXXY. PEctEN (continued). Fras, 1—10. P. (Chlamys) Robinaldinus, @Orb. Upper Greensand (except figs. 5, 6, 8). (ieee eal) 1. Warminster. British Museum, No. 67734. a, left valve ; b, antero-ventral part of the same x 4. 2. Warminster. Woodwardian Museum. a, left valve; 6, antero-ventral part x 4; c, part near the umbo x 4. 3. Ventnor. Wiltshire Collection. a, left valve; b, posterior part x 4. 4. Warminster. Museum of Practical Geology, No. 7418. a, right valve; 6, part just in front of the mid-ventral edge x 4; c, anterior part of left valve of same specimen x 4. 5. Chloritic Marl, Maiden Bradley. Mr. J. Scanes’ Collection. ? Left valve; antero-ventral part x 4. . Same horizon, ete. Left valve; part at the antero-ventral margin x 4. . Ventnor. Whiitshire Collection. Left valve; mid-ventral part x 4. . Cenomanian (Bed 11), Beer Head. Meyer Collection. ? Left valve; antero- ventral part x 4. 9. Warminster. Bristol Museum. Right valve; postero-ventral part x 4. 10. Warminster. Museum of Practical Geology, No. 7407. Middle part of left valve x 4. oO NI OD 11. P. (Chlamys) Stutehburianus, Sow. Greensand, Blackdown. The Type. Bristol Museum. Ventral part x 14. (P. 185.) 12. P. (Aquipecten) asper, Lam. Upper Greensand (Chert Beds), Baycliffe Quarry, Wiltshire. Mr. J. Scanes’ Collection. Left valve; part just in front of mid-ventral margin x 4. (P. 186.) PLATE: XO TABrock del West Newman imp. ATHollick del et ith CRETACEOUS LAMELLIBRANCHIA PLATE XXXVI. PEcTEN (continued). Fias. 1—4, P. (Aiquipecten) asper, Lam. Upper Greensand, Warminster. (P. 186.) 1. Woodwardian Museum. a, left valve (the anterior ear is drawn from another ~ specimen) ; b, ventral part x 3. 2. York Museum. Right valve. 3. Woodwardian Museum. A form with few ribs. ? Right valve. 4. Woodwardian Museum. Right valve; mid-ventral part x 3. 5—7. P. (Aiquipecten) pewatus, Woods. (P. 190.) 5. Upper Chalk, near Salisbury. Dr. Blackmore’s Collection. a, x 2; b, ventral part x 5. 6. H. planus zone, Cheveley, near Newmarket. Woodwardian Museum. x 2. 7. A. quadratus zone, East Harnham. Dr. Blackmore’s Collection. a, outline, natural size; b, part of same x 5. 8. P. (dquipecten), sp. A. quadratus zone, East Harnham. Dr. Blackmore’s Collection. a, x 14; b, part of same x 4. (P. 191.) VI PLATE XXX less strai Goll Weodwardian Mugeuni. cases, 18S nearly square, and has more or less straight sides. In the largest specimens examined it was fully 17 mm. square, but it is often incompletely preserved. It is always shehtly extended along the stipes, notably so in young forms. In one adult specimen in Postlethwaite’s collection there is a very prolonged “ alation ” of this kind, but this is not so pronounced in other specimens. 60 BRITISH GRAPTOLITES. The thecee have an average length of 3:2 mm. ; ‘NG. 35b.—Tetragraptus Headi, Hall. ; Gla eM EAL an) EL Cy they are in contact for rather more than three- quarters their length in the distal parts of the stipes, but for rather less near the proximal end. Affinities —T. Headi resembles in general shape Distal thece. North of Laltan, Whit 1. quadvibrachiatus and T. crucifer, but the sizemas the stipes seems to distinguish it from the former, while the characters of the theca and the extreme shortness of the stipes of the first order appear to separate it from the latter. But there can be no doubt that T'. Headi and 1’. erucifer are very closely allied, and they may possibly some day be proved to be identical. Horizon and Localities—Arenig, Middle Skiddaw Slates. Lake District: Randal Crag, Skiddaw; Barf, near Keswick. S. Scotland: Bennane Head, Ballantrae. S. Wales: North of Talfan, Whitland. Associates, ete—Tlis form occurs in the Skiddaw Slates, where it is associated with Didymograptus hirundo and D. gibberulus. According to the officers of H.M. Geological Survey it has also been found in the Arenig rocks of South Scotland.’ Good specimens have been met with in South Wales, associated with various Dendrograpti, and are now in the Woodwardian Museum. The largest example is from the Skiddaw Slates of Randal Crag, and is in Lapworth’s collection. Tetragraptus Amii, Lapworth MS. Plate V, figs. 4 a—e. 1865. Graptolites bryonoides, Hall, Grapt. of Quebec Group, pl. iv, figs. 9, 10. Main stipes from 2°5 to 5°5 em. in length, approximately straight and rigid, slender at origin, but widening rapidly to an average maximum of 3 mm. Thecz nine to ten in 10 mm., inclined at 45°, three to four times as long as wide, and free one quarter their length. Apertural margims normal, concaye. Deseription.—The main stipes are, as a general rule, from 2°5 to 3°5 em. long, though longer ones may occur. AI] show the characteristic rapid increase in width near their initial extremities, though some of the smaller specimens never attain the maximum breadth; a width of 3 mm. being characteristic of the forms most commonly met with. All, however, show a shght diminution in breadth at their extreme distal end, owing to the incomplete growth of the thece at that point. The sicula has a leneth of about 2 mm., but it is only mdistinctly dicated, as a general rule, and details of the structure of the proximal end are likewise obscure. * “Memoirs of the Geol. Survey,’ ‘The Silurian Rocks of Britain,” vol. i, Scotland, p. 66], TETRAGRAPTUS. 61 my ayy Mw 45 cy 4y , . 7 GAG —Tetragraptus Arvih, The thecee vary in size and number according to Lapw. MS. their position on the main stipes. When completely developed they have an average length of ‘about 3 mi., their walls are somewhat curved, and they are approximately uniform in width throughout Distal theee. Enlargement of part their length; the angle of inclination varies from cee ene about 30° in the initial region of each theca to 45° near the aperture ; this is consequent upon the curvature of the thecal wall. Affinities —T. Amu forms a connecting link between Groups 1 and 4. In general form and manner of growth it is closely related to 7. quadribrachiatus, but differs in the greater flexibility of the stipes, in their rapid widening, and in the characters of the thecs. In these two latter characteristics it closely approximates to 1. serra, from which it differs, however, in general shape and mode of growth. Remarks.—This form was included by Hall in 7’ serra (= 1’. bryonoides (Hall), ‘Grapt. of Quebec Group,’ p. 84), and though long regarded as distinct by Lapworth no description has hitherto appeared. It was first recognised in specimens from Canada, and is named after the paleontologist Dr. Henri Ami, of the Canadian Geological Survey. Horizon and Localities.—Arenig, Middle Skiddaw Slates. Lake District: Randal Crag, Skiddaw; White House Fell, Skiddaw; KE. Dodd Wood. S. Wales: Whitesand Bay. N. Wales: Aberdaron. Associates, etc.—T'. Amit occurs in the Skiddaw Slates of the north of England associated with Tetrag. serra and Didymog. extensus; it is also found in Wales. The best specimens known to us are in the Woodwardian Museum. DEPENDENT SERIES. Tetragrapti with two pairs of main stipes diverging downward, but which all tend to become approximately parallel. Group Il.—Type 7. fruticosus. Tetragrapti in which the stipes are directed subvertically downward but diverge at their distal extremities, and increase in width throughout their length ; the thecv are inclined at a moderate angle, and are in contact for the greater part of their extent. Tetragraptus fruticosus (Hall). Plate VI, figs. 2a, b. 1858. Graptolithus fruticosus, Hall, Geol. Survey Canada Rep., 1857, p. 128. 1865. Graptolithus fruticosus, Hall, Grapt. of Quebee Group, p. 90, pl. vi, figs. 1 —3. 62 BRITISH GRAPTOLITES. 1874. Didymograptus (?) fruticosus, Etheridge, jun., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 4, vol. xi, p. 1. 1877. Graptolithus (Didymograpsus) fruticosus, M‘Coy, Prodromus Pal. Victoria, p. 18, pl. i, figs. 9—14. Main stipes from 1:5 to 2°5 cm. in length, directed more or less vertically downward for greater part of their length, but diverging towards their distal extremity ; creasing in width gradually and persistently up to a maximum of 2mm. Sicula conspicuous. Thecae seven in 10 mm., inclined 30°—35°, two or three times as long as wide, free for one third their length. Apertural margins normal, concave, mucronate. Description.—Vhe persistent increase in width of the stipes is extremely characteristic of the species; the width opposite the aperture of theca 1’ is only 1 mm., but it increases steadily thereafter up to a maximum of 2 mm. The sicula measures 2 mm., and the first theca Fig. 837.—Tetragraptus fruticosus, Hall. " / = : (th. 1") originates near the apex. The dichotomous Ae. division of the stipes of the first order appears to ine tS take place after the development of two thecz on “i ye each side of the sicula. Aa j Hall gives the length of the sicula as 12°7 mm. ya z inch), but it is clear from his figures that this CH measurement included a considerable portion of the Proximal end, obverse view. Enlarge- nema or virgula; the true sicula, so far as we have ment of Pl. VI, fig. 2 b. A seen, never exceeds 2 mm. in length. The thecz are comparatively remote, and average about seven in 10 mm. in the mature parts of the stipes. This inclination increases shghtly with age, those thecz nearest the sicula being inclined at about 30°, while those in the more distal parts have an inclination of about 35°. They are about twice as long as wide near the sicula, but about three times as long in the fully developed parts of the stipe; the overlap mcereases from mere contact to a maximum of two thirds the length of the theca. The aperture 1s concave and mucronate when well preserved, but slight distortions cause it to appear straight and devoid of any mucro. Affinities —T. fruticosus resembles 7’. pendens in its general form, but may readily be distinguished from it by its greater size, the persistent increase in width of the stipes, the number of thece in a given unit of length, and their degree of inclination. Horizon and Localities—Arenig. S. Scotland: Bennane Head, Ballantrae. Lake District: Raven Gill. Associates, etc.—The true 7’, fruticosus has hitherto been recorded only from the Arenig rocks of the Girvan district (Ballantrae), 8. Scotland, where it has been found by Lapworth and the officers of H.M. Geological Survey, im whose collections the specimens are preserved. At Ballantrae it occurs associated with { { TETRAGRAPTUS. 63 Tetragraptus serra and Didymograptus cfr. filiformis. It is now, however, known to occur in the Lake District. Group ITI.—Type 1’. pendens. Tetragrapti in which the stipes are directed subvertically downward and are of uniform width throughout their length; the thecz are closely set, and are in contact for about one half their extent. Tetragraptus pendens, Elles. Plate VI, figs. 3 a—d. 1898. Tetragraptus pendens, Elles, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., vol. liv, p. 491, fig. 13. Main stipes short, from 12 to 18 mm. in length, directed subvertically downward, ultimately running nearly parallel to each other, and having a uniformly slender width of 6 mm. throughout their length. Sicula conspicuous. Thece nine to twelve in 10 mm., inclined 15°—20°, about three times as long as wide, free one third to half their length. Apertural margins normal, straight, occupying more than half the total width of the polypary. Description.—The whole polypary is small, the stipes not exceeding 18 mm. in length; they are also more or less uniformly narrow (‘6 mm.), and their thece are always borne on the inner margins. The sicula is conspicuous; it measures about pa pendens, Elles. ‘1-6 mm., and the stipes origimate im a manner pre- cisely similar to that observed in the Didymograpti of the dependent series, but after the development of one theca on each side of the sicula each stipe undergoes dichotomous division, resulting in the production of two pairs of stipes which are similar in every respect. Mhe : I~ area yr arr 1a p ail i Brera it onal nereie view, preserved The theese are long, narrow tubes of uniform as an impression. Hnlarvement of rally WW ave ¢ averace mo PL VE, fie. 3d. width; they have an average lengtl 1 of about 1:6 mm.; their outer walls are straight, or show slight concave curvature near the proximal end. Affinities—This delicate little species somewhat resembles 7’. fruticosus in its general mode of growth, but may readily be distinguished from that species since— (1) it is smaller and far more slender, (2) its stipes are parallel and of uniform width, while those of 7’. fruticosus are divergent distally, and increase in width throughout, ] 64, BRITISH GRAPTOLITES. (3) there are more theca in a given unit of length, nine to twelve, as compared with seven, in 10 mm., (4) the thecee are inclined at a much lower angle, 15° as compared with 35°. From all other known Tetragrapti it is distinguished by its form. Horizon and Locality—Arenig, Middle Skiddaw Slates. Lake District.—Barf, near Keswick. Associates, cte—T'. pendens occurs in the Skiddaw Slates, associated with Azygog. suecicus, Didymog. deflerus, D. gibberulus, and Phyllog. cfr. typus. It has not as yet been recognised elsewhere. Tetragraptus Postlethwaitii, Hlles. Plate VI, figs. 1 a, b. 1898. Tetragraptus Postlethwaitii, Elles, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., vol. liv, p. 492, fig. 14. Main stipes 2°5—9 em. in length; shehtly curved,-directed more or less verti- cally downward, and having a uniform width of 1‘6mm. Sicula conspicuous. Thecee eleven to twelve in 10 mm., inclined 30°, three times as long as wide, in contact half to two thirds their length. Apertural margins normal, straight. Description.—Both stipes of the first order are very short, but the main stipes often attaim a considerable length. One specimen showed stipes with a length 9 em., but the width never exceeded 1°6 mm. The sicula has a length of about 2 mm.; the Fic. 89.—Telragraptus Postlethwaitii, : 5 Elles. crossing canal is nearly horizontal. The thece are 2 mm. in length; they widen shehtly towards their apertures; their outer walls are curved, and the apertural angle is commonly 130° after compression. | Affinities —T. Postlethwaitii resembles 1. fruti- cosus and T'. pendens in its mode of growth, but Proximal end, reverse view. Enlarge- ment of Pl. VI, fig. 1 a. differs from them in some important characters. It may be distinguished from 7’. fruticosus— (1) by the absence of widening in the stipes, (2) in the lower angle of inclination of the thece, and the greater number in a given unit of length. It differs from 7’. pendens— (1) in its larger size, (2) in the higher angle of inclination of the theca, and the greater number in a given unit of length. Horizon and Lovalities.—Arenig, Middle Skiddaw Slates. Lake District: Carlside Kdge; Barf, near Keswick. TETRAGRAPTUS. 65 Associates, ete.—The associates of 7. Postlethwaitii are at present unknown. All the specimens known at present come from the Skiddaw Slates, and with one exception are in Postlethwaite’s collection. RECLINED SERIES. Tetragrapti with two pairs of approximately straight stipes converging upward and backward upon the nema, and making with it an angle of more than 180°. Group IV.—T ype T. serra. Tetragrapti in which the main stipes are straight and directed obliquely upward ; they are commonly short. ‘The sicula is conspicuous. he theese are inclined at high angles, and are in contact for the greater part of their length. Tetragraptus serra (Brong.). Plate VI, figs. 4 a—/. 1828. Fucoides serra, Brongniart, Hist. Veget. Foss., vol. i, p. 71, pl. vi, figs. 7, 8. 1853. Didymograpsus caduceus, Salter (pars), Quart. Journ, Geol. Soc., vol. ix, p. 87, fig. la. 1858. Graptolithus bryonoides, Hall, Geol. Survey Canada Rep., 1857, p. 126. 1863. Tetragrapsus [bryonoides |, Salter, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., vol. xix, p. 137, fig. 8 a. 1863. Didymograpsus caduceus, Salter, ibid., fig. 13 b. 1865. Graptolithus bryonoides, Hall, Grapt. of Quebec Group, p. 84, pl. iv, figs. 1—8, 11. 1868. Tetragrapsus bryonoides, Nicholson, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., vol. xxiv, p. 131. 1868. Didymograptus caduceus, Nicholson, ibid., p. 133. 1874. Tetragraptus bryonoides, Etheridge, jun., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 4, vol. xiv, p. 1. 1875. Tetragraptus serra, Hopkinson and Lapworth, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., vol. xxxi, p. 650, pl. xxxiil, fig. 10. 1875. Tetragraptus Halli, Hopkinson, ibid., figs. 11 a, 11 b. 1877. Graptolithus (Didymograpsus) bryonoides, M‘Coy, Prodromus Pal. Victoria, dec. 1. 1898. Tetragraptus serra, Elles, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., vol. liv, p. 490. Main stipes 2°5—5 em. in length, approximately straight, narrow at their origin, but widening abruptly and rapidly to a maximum breadth of 3-2 mm. Sicula conspicuous ; thecz eight to nine in 10 mm., inclined at 45°, three to four times as long as wide, free one third to one fourth their length. Apertural margins normal, concave. Description.—The stipes of the first order attain together a length of about 2mm. ‘The main stipes resulting from the dichotomous division of these do not, as a general rule, exceed 5 cm. in length. These stipes are quite narrow at their 66 BRITISH GRAPTOLITES. origin, but widen rapidly, and are generally found to have attaimed their maximum width after the third or fourth theca; the usual diminution takes place towards the distal extremities. The width attained in different individuals varies greatly; the average width at origin is about 1 mm. (or less), but while in some individuals a width of 2°] mm. is never exceeded, in others a maximum of 3°2 mm. is attained. The sicula is rather more than 2 mm. in The Fias. 40 a and b.—Tetragraptus serra, Broneniart. : : length, and is proportionately narrow. first theca appears to originate near the apex oe A of the sicula, in a manner somewhat resem- ees v A a b a i. Ye lay bling that of D. gibberulus ; but other details PV’ are obscure. Both the earliest thecee (th. 1? and th. 1°, forming the stipes of the first order) are small as compared with those subsequently developed on the main stipes, a. Proximal end, obverse view, preserved partly as an impression, showing the dividing wall originating in th. 1!. Bennane Head, Bal- lantrae. Coll. Lapworth. b. Proximal end, showing part of nema. Outer- side. Coll. British Museum (Natural His- tory), 8. Kensington. and dichotomous division takes place within them. The thecz on the main stipes vary in number according to their position on the stipe, and the size and age of an individual. Near the proximal end of the main stipes there may be ten in 10 mm., but distally the number rarely exceeds eight. When fully developed the thecee are about 3:2 mm. in length; they are somewhat curved, and are widest at their apertures. The inclination varies from 30° to 50° Peg he ere ya eee a owing to curvature, the theeze being inclined at 30° in their central regions, but then curving upward so as to make, near their apertures, an angle of Seer ge from 45° to 50° with the general direction of the Thece in relief, showing growth-lines. 5 Bennane Head, Ballantrae. Coll. In some specimens the growth-lines are Lapworth. stipe. well seen. Remari:s.— all's descriptions of his G. bryonoides seem to have been drawn up from two forms—one in which the stipes are directed obliquely upward, and one in which the stipes are spread out in what may be termed a “ quadribrachiatus” fashion. This imphes two different modes of growth, and there are also other differences. It is therefore necessary to distinguish between the two forms; the one with the stipes directed obliquely upward is the form which Hall con- sidered to be identical with Tetragraptus serra, an opinion in which we agree. The other is that which is here designated 7’. Amit. Certain examples of Tetragraptus from §. Wales, described by Hopkinson (‘ Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc.,’ xxxi, pl. xxxii, fig. 11) -as T. Halli, we believe to be greatly compressed specimens of 1’. serra. Afjinities.—T. serra, as here restricted, is readily recognisable ; it can hardly be said to closely resemble any other species as yet known, and should always be 3 TETRAGRAPTUS. 67 readily distinguished from 7. Bigshyi by its general shape and the fewer thee in a given unit of length. Horizon and Localities—Arenig, Middle Skiddaw Slates (Upper beds). Take District: Randal Crag ; Bassenthwaite Sand-beds; Outerside ; Gibraltar ; Great Knot. St. David’s: Whitesand Bay; north of Talfan, Whitland. 8. Scotland: Bennane Head, Ballantrae. Associates, ete.—'l’. serra appears to be particularly abundant in the Skiddaw Slates, where it occurs associated with 7. Amit, D. extensus, ete.; it has been recorded by the Geological Survey from the Arenig beds of 8. Scotland (loc. cit. supra), and is also present in 8. Wales, where it is associated with numerous Dendrograpti. There are good specimens of it in the collections of the British Museum, the Woodwardian Museum, and in Lapworth’s private collection. Tetragraptus reclinatus, sp. nov. Plate VI, figs. 5 a—e. Stipes short, from 12 to 19 mm. in length, approximately straight, directed obliquely upward, very narrow at origin, and with a uniformly narrow width (2 mm.) for the greater part of their length. Sicula conspicuous. Thece twelve to thirteen in 10 mm., inclined at 45°, three times as long as wide, in contact two thirds their length. Apertural margins normal, straight. Description.—The stipes grow upward at a wide angle from each other ; those of the first order do not exceed 5 mm. in width. Dichotomous division appears to take place after the development of th. 2' and th. 2°, though this is uncertain. Thereafter the width of the stipes increases to 2 mm., and this width is maintained for the remainder of their length. The sicula has a length of about 1:5 mm., and the Fie. 41.—Tetragraptus reclinatus, < sp. nov. first theca origimates a short distance below its apex. at p we The average length of the thecze in the distal por- Vie RP tions of the stipes is 1°6 mm. Proximal end, reverse view. Enlarge- Affinities —Tetragraptus reclinatus resembles 7’. ment of Pl. VI, fig. 5a. : “1 fy : serra in general shape, but is far more slender than that species, and thus may be readily distinguished from it; further there are a greater number of thecee in the same unit of length. Horizon and Localities —Aremig, Middle Skiddaw Slates. Lake District: Whinlatter ; Carlside Edge. Associates.—This species has, up to the present time, only been recorded from the Skiddaw Slates, where it is not an abundant form. ‘The best specimens have been collected by Postlethwaite, and are in his collection. 68 BRITISH GRAPTOLITES. Group V.—Type 7. Bigsbyi. Tetragrapti in which the stipes are flexed and are directed outward or curve backward and inward; they are commonly short and wide; the sicula is con-— spicuous ; the thecz are inclined at high angles, and are in contact for the greater part of their length. Tetragraptus Bigsbyi (Hall). Plate VI, figs. 6 a—e. 1858. Phyllograptus similis, Hall, Geol. Survey Canada Rep., 1857, p. 140. 1865. Graptolithus Bigsbyi, Hall, Grapt. of Quebec Group, p. 86, pl. xvi, figs. 22—30. 1895. Tetragraptus Bigsbyi, Holm, Geol. Foren. Forhand1., vol. xvii, p. 319. 1898. Tetragraptus Bigsbyi, Elles, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., vol. liv, p. 489. Main stipes short and wide, typically curved, resulting in a polypary of varied form, narrowest at their origin, but widening quickly to their maximum width of about 3°2mm. Sicula long and conspicuous. Thecz fourteen to thirteen in 10 mm., inclined at high angles, four times as long as wide, in contact for almost their entire length. Apertural margins shehtly concave, and with mucronate denticles. Description —Perhaps the commonest form of the polypary, as shown when flattened upon the rock, is best described as a broad oval, truncated at its upper end in most specimens, but occasionally nearly complete. There is a decided tendency on the part of some stipes to come into contact at their distal extremities, and in a few examples actual adhesion, and possibly fusion, appear to have occurred (Pl. VI, figs. 6 d, e). Hxamples, however, with stipes which diverge continuously, are very common. The phenomenon of possible fusion is of great interest when regarded in connection with Phyllograptus (see ante, p. 56), but it cannot as yet be regarded as proved in this species. Should it be possible to do this at any future time, it might be advisable to separate forms possessing this characteristic, as Marr and Nicholson have suggested (‘ Geol. Mag.,’ dec. 4, vol. 11, p- 938), under the name of 7’. inosculans. The curved stipes in 7’. Bigsbyi are usually short; they never exceed 19 mm. in length, and forms with stipes of about 12°5 mm. are more common. At their origin the stipes are only about 1 mm. wide, and the increase up to 3°2 mm. takes place rapidly. They are wide in proportion to their length, and their ventral margins are always convex, though the rate of curvature varies in different individuals. TETRAGRAPTUS. 69 The sicula is about 2°3 mm. in length, and the proximal part of the polypary has a similar structure to that of D. gibberulus ; but Fig. 42 a.—Tetragraptus Bigsbyi, Hall. , wee whereas the earliest thecee in that species are longer than any of those subsequently developed, those first developed in 7’. Bigsbyi are the shortest. Holm’s work (loc. cit.) on the structure of this species Proximal end, preserved as an impres- QO€S to show that the earliest theca arises from the eo eee toula near its apex, and the length of the two stipes of the first order (‘‘funicle”’?) is reduced to a minimum, for dichotomous division appears to take place within the earliest formed thecee, th. 11 and th. 1’. The thece are at first nearly at right angles to Brg. 42.— Peiragraptus Bigsbyi, Hall. the general direction of the main stipes; those developed later have an initial angle of 40°-—50°, but curve so that near its aperture the theca has an® inclination of 60°—70° to the general direction of the stipe. The thecee are widest at their apertures, and the apertural angle is markedly obtuse after compression, averaging about 140° with the general direction of the stipe. Distal thee, preserved as an impression. Enlargement of Pl. VI, fig. 6b. Afjfinities.—T'. Bigsby is easily recognisable as a general rule, as it is unlike any other known form of Tetragraptus, but when preserved so as to reveal two stipes only, it seems often to have been confused with D. gibberulus. These two forms should, however, be readily separated, since the stipes of 7. Pigsbyi are narrowest at their proximal ends, while those of D. gibberulus are widest im that region. Horizon and Localities —Arenig, Lower and Middle Skiddaw Slates. Lake District: Randal Crag, Skiddaw ; Gibraltar; White House Fell, Skiddaw ; Bassenthwaite Sand-beds; Outerside; Troutbeck. S. Scotland: Bennane Head, Ballantrae. Associates, ete.—T'. Bigsbyi occurs in abundance in the lower parts of the Skiddaw Slates, and has been found at Barf, associated with Dryog. Kjerulfi, var. cumbrensis, and at Outerside with D. Nicholsoni. It is also recorded by the Geological Survey (loc. cit.) from the Arenig rocks of Ballantrae. Numerous specimens are in the collection of the Woodwardian Museum, the Keswick Museum, and in Postlethwaite’s and Lapworth’s private collections. 70 BRITISH GRAPTOLITES. Speciric Craracters or Forms BELONGING To THE Gunus Tetragraptus. | Horizontal series. Dependent series, Reclined series. | Group I. Group II. Group III. Group IV. Group V. | I. quadri-| T. eruci- q EER T. fruti- T. Pos- _, |. reclina- : E ‘brachiatus. ian T, Headi.| T. Amii. cosus, | Le Pendens. | 17545 waitii.| Ls serra. a, T. Bigshyi. | a er | =\s Character of stipes . Hori- | Hori- | Hori- | Hori- |Pendent, Pendent, Pendent,|Reclined,|Reclined, Reclined, | zontal, | zontal, | zontal, | zontal, | flexed | straight straight] straight|straight flexed | | straight) straight) straight) straight | | Neeson width of | 26mm.| 4mm. | 3mm. 38—4mmJ 2mm. |0°6 mm. | 16 mm. | 3:2 mm./1°6 mm. | 3:2 mm. | stipes | | Length of sicula . . | =— = — 2mm.} 2mm. 16mm. 2mm. | 2mm. |15mm. 2mm, | No. of thecx in 10 mm, | 10—9 8 9—10 |, 910 7 |} 9—12 | 11—12 8—9 | 12—13 | 14—13 Inclination . . . .| 30°—40°7 45° | 40° 45° 30°—35>| 15°— 20°) 30° 45° 45° 40°—70° Overlap 2... | ee ee ee Genus SCHIZOGRAPTUS, Nicholson. 1876. Schizograptus, Nicholson, Geol. Mag., dec. 2, vol. iii, p. 248. Polypary bilaterally symmetrical, consisting of four main uniserial stipes produced by dichotomous division from a primitive Didymograptus stage ; these four main stipes are rigid, are spread out in a horizontal plane, and eive off from one side only (thecal margins) simple lateral’ branches at definite intervals. Thece simple tubes expanding sheghtly in the direction of their apertures, usually in contact for a considerable fraction of their length. The polypary is characterised by the possession of stipes of two (dichotomous) orders only, but from the stipes of the second order (main stipes) simple lateral branches are given off. Thus the Schizograptus polypary is, from this systematic point of view, of the Vetragraptid type; and may be theoretically regarded as a Tetragvaptus of the quadribrachiatus type, m which the main stipes bear simple lateral branches. These lateral branches seem to originate, in all examples known, from the ventral or thecal margin of the main stipes. These main stipes increase 1 Without entering upon the question as to the structural significance in the distinction between dichotomous and lateral (monopodial) types of branching, we here employ the term dichotomous when continuation of growth in the original direction would bisect the angle between the two stipes resulting from division, and lateral when the original stipe continues to grow in the same direction after division as before (Elles, ‘Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc.,’ 1898, p. 477; Ruedemann, ‘ Rep. of State Pal., New York State Museum,’ 1902, p. 584). SCHIZOGRAPTUS. 71 very slightly in width from their origin, while the lateral branches appear to be of uniform breadth throughout their length. As a general rule the thee are obscure on the whole proximal portion. Only two species of Schizograptus are at present known—S. reticulatus and S. tardifurcatus. Schizograptus reticulatus (Nicholson). Plate VI, fig. 7. 1868. Dichograpsus reticulatus, Nicholson, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., vol. xxiv, p. 143, pl. v, figs. 4, 5. 1876. Schizograptus reticulatus, Nicholson, Geol. Mag., dec. 2, vol. iii, p. 248. 1898. Schizograptus reticulatus, Elles, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., vol. liv, p. 480. Stipes rigid, those of first order short, those of second order about 4—7 cm. in length and 1:2 mm. in width, constituting the four main stipes of the polypary; from each of these, two lateral branches are early given off at a large angle (approximating to a right angle) with the axis of the main stipes, and all on the same side. Thece about ten in 10 mm., inclined at 20°, about 1 mm. in length, three times as long as wide; outer walls straight, over- lapping one quarter of their length. Apertural margin straight, approxi- mately perpendicular. Description.—The first lateral branch is given off at a distance of about 5 mm. from the point of dichotomy, and the second at a distance of 10 mm. from the first. The distance between the two lateral branches is the same on all the main stipes. On one main stipe, whose total length was 70 mim., only two lateral branches are visible, and both of them arise within the first 17 mm. of its length. On no stipe have more than two lateral branches been observed, therefore 1t would seem likely that no more were developed. The characters of the thecz as given above are drawn up from several Lake District specimens more or less indifferently preserved, and must be regarded as essentially approximate. Affinities.—S. reticulatus may readily be distinguished from the only other species yet known (S. tardifurcatus) by the short space between the poimt of dichotomy and the point of origin of the first lateral branch. Horizon and Localities—Arenig, Middle Skiddaw Slates (?). Lake District: Seale Hill, Crummock; Barf. Associates, ete.—N. veticulatus has as yet been only recognised in the Skiddaw Slates, where it is rare. Its associates are unknown. The best specimens are in Postlethwaite’s collection. 10 72 BRITISH GRAPTOLITES. Schizograptus tardifurcatus, Hlles. Plate VI, fig. 8. 1898. Schizograptus tardifurcatus, Elles, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., vol. liv, p. 480, fig. 7. Stipes rigid, those of first order short, those of second order 4—5 em. in length and about 1 mm. in width, constitutmeg the main stipes of the polypary ; from each of these three lateral branches are given off at about 70°, all on the same side. Thece ten in 10 mm., inclined at about 20°, three times as long as wide; outer walls shghtly curved, overlapping half their length. Apertural margins straight, oblique. Description.—The first lateral branch is given off at a distance of 13 mm. from the point of dichotomy, the second at a distance of 8 mm. from the first, the third at a similar distance from the second, ete. Hach theca has an average length of about 2mm. In the type specimen (PI. VI, fig. 8) a fourth branch appears to take origin from the opposite side to that of the other three, but this is due to an accident before preservation, as it may not even belong to the polypary. Affinities—This species differs from S. reticulatus in having more closely set lateral branches, and in these being situated further from the point of dichotomy. Horizon and Locality—Arenig, Middle Skiddaw Slates (?). Lake District: Carlside Edge. Associates.—N. tardifurcatus has not yet been recognised outside the Skiddaw Slates, where it 1s rare. The best specimens are in Postlethwaite’s collection. Its associates are unknown. Note.—In the year 1868 (‘ Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc.,’ vol. xxiv, p. 144, pl. vi, figs. 4 and 5) Nicholson described and figured a fragmentary example of one of the main stipes of a compound Dichograptid, bearmg numerous lateral branches on one side only. This fragment he named Plewrograptus vagans, believing it to be an example of a genus to which he had previously given the name of Plewrograptus (‘Geol. Mag.,’ 1867, vol. iv, p. 256). With our present knowledge it is evident that the fragment referred to has no generic relationship to Nicholson’s original Plewrograptus, which was founded on the Leptograptid species Cladograptus linearis of Carruthers. P. vagans belongs clearly to some Dichograptid genus, possibly Schizograptus or Trochograptus. We have given a figure of Nicholson’s original specimen on Pl. VI, fig. 9; but the characters are so inadequate and poorly preserved that it is impossible to retain the name as that of a distinct species. TROCHOGRAPTUS. 1 oy Genus TROCHOGRAPTUS, J/olin. 1881. Trochograptus, Holm, Ofv. Kongl. Vet. Akad. Stockholm Forh., vol. xxxviii, No. 9, p. 49. Polypary robust, typically bilaterally symmetrical, consisting of four main stipes, several centimetres in length, produced by dichotomous division from a primitive Didymograptus stage. From each of these four main stipes numerous compound lateral branches several centimetres in length are given off at irregular intervals. Thece narrow tubes of the ordinary Dichograptid type. The polypary is characterised by the possession of stipes of two orders only ; but from the stipes of the second order (main stipes) compound lateral brauches are given off. It may therefore be regarded as a Tetragraptus of the quadribrachiatus type, bearing compound lateral branches on its main stipes. It differs from Schizo- graptus in having compound instead of single lateral branches, and in haying them disposed at irregular instead of regular intervals. The Trochograpti often attain a very large size, and, as a general rule, there is no difference in the width of the main and lateral stipes. The distance between the lateral branches increases usually with remoteness from the sicula, and the angle at which they are given off usually decreases with the complexity of the branch ; this is, however, not invariably the case. The thece are as a rule obscure on the main stipes, but can often be fairly well seen on some part of the lateral branches. Only one species has as yet been described, viz. 7’. diffusus, Holm. Trochograptus diffusus, Holm. Plates VII and VIII, figs. 1 a, 5. 1881. Trochograptus diffusus, Holm, Ofv. Kongl. Vet. Akad. Stockholm Forh., vol. xxxviii, No. 9, p. 49, pl. xiii. 1898. Trochograptus diffusus, Elles, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., vol. liv, p. 479, pl. xxvii. Main stipes and compound lateral branches curved, often several centimetres in length, robust, having an average width of 2 mm. ; lateral branches always situated on same side of main stipe, and curved in the same direction ; distance between lateral branches commonly increasing with remoteness from the sicula, while the angle of divergence decreases with the complexity of the stipe. Thecz eleven in 10 mm., inclined 45°, average length 3 mm., six times as long as wide, outer wall straight, overlapping three quarters their length. Apertural margin concave, normal, 7A BRITISH GRAPTOLITES. Description.—The lateral branching traced along one or other of the main stipes is seen to take place approximately at intervals of 25, 32, and 38 mm. respectively. The angle at which the late ‘al branches come off varies from about 90° to 65°. From the lateral branches additional lateral Fria. 48.—Trochograptus diffusus, Holm. : a branches may be given off. A small square disc with an average diameter of about 6°3 mm. commonly encloses the proximal parts of the main stipes, but this may be absent. Affinities —We have here referred the British examples of T'rochograptus to the only species hitherto described, 7. ¢. 7’. diffusws, Holm (loc. cit.) ; though they differ from it somewhat in having a more Distal theeew on one of the lateral 5 5 pane sg) Shegimon ie te ucE irregular mode of branching, and more thece in a ‘ given unit of length. 1. diffusus resembles other compound Tetragraptids, such as Schizog. reticulatus, S. tardifurcatus, and Holog. Deani, in general plan of growth. The compound lateral branches, however, seem to distinguish it from any Schizograptus, while from Holog. Deant it may be separated by the fact that the lateral branches are all on the same side of the main stipe, while in H. Deant they are apparently given off at irregular intervals on both sides. Horizon and Localities—Arenie, Middle Skiddaw Slates. Lake District: Scaw Gill; New Brow Quarry, Upper Lorton; Whit Beck, Upper Lorton ; Grisedale Pike. Associates, ete—T. diffusus is only known in Britain from the Skiddaw Slates, where large specimens occur at certain horizons in some abundance. _ Its associates are not known. There are good specimens in the collections of the Keswick Museum and the Woodwardian Museum. Genus HOLOGRAPTUS, /[olm. 1881. Holograptus, Holm, “Tvenne nya sligten af familjen Dichograptide,” Ofv. Kongl. Vet. Akad. Stockholm Forh., vol. xxxviii, No. 9, p. 45. 1893. Rouvilligraptus, Barrois, Ann. d. 1. Soc. Géol. du Nord, pl. xxi, p. 107. Polypary robust, typically bilaterally symmetrical, consisting of four main stipes many centimetres in length, produced by dichotomous division from a primitive Didymograptus stage. From both sides of each of these four main stipes many lateral branches, several centimetres in length, are given off at subregular intervals; some of these lateral branches are simple, others compound. HOLOGRAPTUS. eal eba Thece narrow tubes of the Dichograptid type. The form of the polypary in Holograptus is closely related to that of Trochograptus, differmg, so far as is known, only in the fact that the four main stipes (stipes of the second order) apparently throw off lateral branches from both sides. hese lateral branches may be either simple or compound. While at first sight there seems to be no doubt that the lateral branches are given off from both sides of the four main stipes, yet it is impossible to prove that this was the original mode of growth. An examination of the left-hand branch drawn on fig. 2a, Pl. VIII, seems to lend some support to the suggestion that the lateral branches may have really originated from one side only (thecal margin). If this should prove to be invariably the case, then T'rochograptus and Holograptus could no longer be regarded as separate genera. Whether this be so or not, there seems to be no doubt that the genus Rouvilligraptus of Barrois is identical with the Holograptus of Holm. The Holograpti attain an extraordinary size, exceeding that of any other Graptolite genus with the exception of Vemnograptus. Our British examples must have been, when fully grown, more than 80 cm. in length; and the branches, if disposed regularly and spread out symmetrically, must have extended over a circular area of that diameter. There appears to be no difference in the width of the stipes of the first and second order, or of the lateral branches. The distance between the points of origin of the lateral branches on the four main stipes is large near the sicula, and appears to decrease irregularly towards the distal extremity, where the lateral branches are approximate and numerous. ae 2? cSSe A: and other aborted examples are known. Here, again, as in Dichograptus, it is not the number of stipes which is the essential characteristic of the genus, but the degree of capacity for dichotomy. The only species that occurs in Britain in a sufficiently satisfactory state for specific description is O. fenellus, with its variety C. Callaveit. In these British specimens the type of thecze is markedly similar to that characteristic of certain Dictyonema. he American examples of Clonograptus, however, originally figured by Hall, present the ordinary type of cell seen in other Dichograptids. Clonograptus tenellus (Linnarsson). Plate XI, figs. 2 a—e. 1871. Dichograptus tenellus, Linnarsson, Ofv. Kongl. Vet. Akad. Férh. Stockholm, vol. xxviii, No. 6, p. 795. 1876. Dichograptus tenellus, Linnarsson, Geol. Mag., dec. 2, vol. ii, p. 242. 1876. Trichograptus tenellus, Nicholson, Geol. Mag., dec. 2, vol. iii, p. 248. 1880. Dichograptus tenellus, Linnarsson, Geol. Foren. Férhandl., vol. v, p. 132. 1882. Dichograptus (?) tenellus, Brégger, Die Sil. Etagen 2 u. 3, p. 37. 1885. Clonograptus tenellus, Herrmann, Die Graptolitenfam. Dichograptide, p. 96. 1892. Clonograptus tenellus, Moberg, Geol. Foren. Férhandl., vol. xiv, p. 89, pl. ii, figs. 1—3. 1898. Clonograptus tenellus, Elles, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., vol. liv, p. 474. Stipes somewhat rigid, very slender and thread-lke, never exceeding *5 mm. in width even at the apertures of the thecee. Thecz nine to ten in 10 mm., slender tubes, widening shghtly toward their apertures, inclined 20°, over- lapping for the merest fraction of their length ; outer walls shghtly curved, three times as long as wide. Apertural margins concave, oblique, con- spicuously mucronate. Description.—Only a few specimens of C. tenellus have as yet been found in Britain, but these are, as a rule, very well preserved. C. tenellus 1s characterised by its extreme tenuity and by the mucronate thecal apertures, which recall strongly those characteristic of many Dictyonemas (D. cervicorne). This last character is, 84 BRITISH GRAPTOLITES. however, only visible on the best preserved specimens, or on the more distal Me ee ee stipes when these are seen in true profile. Each Linnarsson. theca averages 1°5 mm. in length. Affinities—The pecuhar character of the distal thecze in the Shropshire specimens (see Fig. 46) is not clearly brought out in the figures of the Swedish examples of CU. tenellus (loc. cit. supra) ; but as these features are seldom seen, being dependent on the mode of preservation, and the Swedish and British forms are identical in other respects, we have no sitation in referring the hhe same species. ictal Saeco se ee ee hesitation in referrme them to the same species Dingle, Shineton Shales. Coll. The example figured on Pl. X, fig. 2c, from Barf, IL.M. Geological Survey. zs 7s has been referred to C. tenellus with doubt. Horizon and Localities—Tremadoc. Lower Skiddaw Slates. N. Wales : Tremadoe (?). Shropshire : Mary Dingle; Conrad Brook (?). Lake District : Barf (?). Associates, etc.—C. tenellus occurs in Shropshire associated with C., var. Callavet. It is one of the earliest Graptolites known to us. It also doubtfully occurs in the Lower Skiddaw Slates of Barf, and in the Tremadoc beds of Wales. Good specimens of the typical form are in the collection of H.M. Geological Survey. Var. Callavei (Lapworth). Plate XI, figs. 3 a—c. 1880. ? Bryograptus Callavei, Lapworth, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. [5], vol. v, p. 165, pl. v, fig. 21. Description.—In addition to the typical form of Clonograptus tenellus, there occur associated with it in the Shineton Shales Fi. eae IS examples of a variety, the branches of which are more rigid and much wider. The thecz are of the a same type, but larger and fewer in a given unit of va length (eight in 10 mm.). Hach theca has an average length of 2 mm. Figs. 8a and 36), Pl. XII, show the true characteristics of this variety. Remarks. —'The specimen originally described and figured by Lapworth as Bryograptus Callavei from Mary Dingle, Shineton Shales, has unfor- tunately been lost. There occur, however, at the same locality abundant examples of the special Distal thece in low relief. Enlarge- k : ment of Pl. XI, fig. 3 a. variety of Clonograptus tenellus here referred to. These agree fully in the number and form of the thecze with Lapworth’s description, and there can be little or no doubt that his TEMNOGRAPTUS. 85 original (Bryograptus Callavei) was a specimen of this variety. In favour of this view may also be cited the fact that in Dr. Callaway’s collection there is a specimen of this variety which is labelled Bryograptus Callavet. In future, therefore; the form hitherto cited as Bryograptus Callavei should be referred to Clonograptus tenellus, var. Callavei. Horizon and Localities—Tremadoc. Shineton Shales. Shropshire: Mary Dingle; Garmston. Associates, ctc.—Var. Callavei has up to the present time been only recorded from the Shineton Shales of Shropshire, where it occurs associated with C. tenellus. The best preserved specimens are in the collection of H.M. Geological Survey. Note.—On many slabs of Skiddaw Slate there may be observed several dichoto- mously divided stipes of what may be a species of Clonograptus, though im their fragmentary condition specific determination is not advisable. For the most part they appear to be the terminal stipes ; they are slender, flexed, and rather delicate, and have a maximum width of about 1 mm. The thece are very clearly seen ; they are long, narrow tubes of uniform width, numbering eight in 10 mm.; they overlap one third their length, and have straight perpendicular apertures. There are also fragments of some rather more robust stipes in which the thecz are about ten in 10 mm., and overlap half their length. Genus TEMNOGRAPTUS, Nicholson. 1876. Temnograptus, Nicholson, Geol. Mag., dec. 2, vol. ii, p. 248. Polypary robust, bilaterally symmetrical, consisting of an indefinite series of stipes (at least of seven orders), produced as the result of repeated dichoto- mous division from primitive Didymograptus-Clonograptus stages. Stipes of two earliest stages short; all those subsequently formed of equal length. Thece simple narrow tubes, overlapping for a small portion of their length. This genus Temnograptus is characterised by the possession of stipes of at least seven orders. It is closely related to Clonoyraptus, but seems to possess greater capacity for dichotomy ; and in addition, while in Clonograptus the three earliest stages are comparatively short-lived, and the succeeding ones progressively longer, in Temnozraptus the Didymograptus and Tetragraptus stages only are short, and all the subsequent ones are of equal duration. This imples that after dichotomy has taken place twice subregularly (2°), it then occurs at regular intervals. The polypary of Temiograptus is also far larger and more robust than that of Clono- graptus. 86 BRITISH GRAPTOLITES. The only species belonging to this genus at present known in Britain is 7’. multiplex. Temnograptus multiplex (Nicholson). Plate XII, fig. 1. 1868. Dichograpsus multiplex, Nicholson, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., vol. xxiv, p. 129, pl. vi, figs. 1—3 1876. Temnograptus multiplex, Nicholson, Geol. Mag., dec 2, vol. iii, p. 248. 1898. Temnograptus multiplex, Elles, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., vol. liv, p. 477, fig. 6. Stipes very shghtly curved and of an approximately uniform width of 2 mm. ; stipes of first order short, those of second order somewhat longer, while all stipes subsequently formed are about 2°7 cm. in length. Angle of divergence decreasing with remoteness from the sicula. Thecze nine in 10 mm., inclined 30°; average length 2 mm., three to four times as long as wide; outer wall slightly curved; overlapping one third their length. Apertural margin con- ‘ave, normal. Description.—The stipes of the first order (Didymograptus stage) are short, not exceeding 4 mm. in length; those of the second order (T'etragraptus stage) have a length of about 8°5 mm.; while those of the third, fourth, fifth, sixth, and seventh orders have a length of 2°77 cm. The angle of divergence between the stipes appears to diminish steadily as it gets further away from the proximal end, and thus between the two stipes of order 2 the angle is about 90°; between those of order 3, 75°; between those of order 4, about 70°; between those of order 5, 50°; between those of order 6, about 40°. Nicholson gives the number of thecz as six in Fra. 48.—Tennograptus multiplee, 10mm. (sixteen to inch), but as many as mimeMim 10 mm. can be counted on some of the distal stipes. Affinitics.—T. multiplee resembles at first sight the compound Dichograpti (fHolog Deani and Trochog. diffusus) ; it should, however, be readily separated from these by the character of its branch- ing, the Clonograpti mm its branching, but is more robust which is dichotomous throughout. It resembles and possesses greater capacity for dichotomy. eae ees te ik ei es Horizon and Locality—Arenig, Middle Skiddaw Slates. Lake District: Peelwyke, Bassenthwaite. Associates, etc.—T. multiplex has been recorded from the Skiddaw Slates of the Lake District only. Its associates are unknown. The two type specimens are in Christopherson’s collection, and are on the same slab; the reverse of one of these is in the Woodwardian Museum, the reverse of the other in the collection of the Geological Survey at Jermyn Street. BRYOGRAPTUS. 87 Genus BRYOGRAPTUS, Lapworth. 1880. Bryograptus, Lapworth, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. [5], vol. v, p. 164, pl. v, fig. 22. Polypary bilaterally subsymmetrical, consisting of two compound main stipes diverging at a small angle from a well-marked sicula, and originating similar compound or simple stipes either by dichotomous or lateral division. Thece small, of the Dichograptus type, cylindrical or subcylindrical tubes of rarying inclination, overlapping for a con- Figs. 49 a and b.—Bryograptus Kjerulfi, siderable fraction of their length. Lapworth. The initial stages of the Bryograptus polypary \ are in all respects comparable with those of Didyimo- A graptus, the difference being that in the former after “Wy aie : a longer or shorter period of growth the stipes of a b 0 . F : the first order (Didymograptus stage) give off lateré a. Obverse view, showing growth-lines ; ( tl gaa stage) Bue off lateral on sicula. branches from their thecal margins. These lateral b. Reverse view, showing crossing canal. . ; Both specimens on same slab. branches may be simple or compound. There is great Figured Elles, ‘Quart. Journ. Geol. : sue ¥ ben aoe ; " Soc.” vol. liv, p. 472, fig.5. Barf, variability within the limits of the genus in the Skiddaw Slates. Coll, W. A. ; ; : : Brend. number of stipes ultimately developed, and also in the type of the branching. The British Bryograpti fall into two natural serial groups according to the direction of growth of their main stipes; thus we have (1) Dependent Series.—Grovur I. Type B. Ajerulfi. B. kyerulfi, var. cumbrensis. (2) Deflexed Series.—Gnrovur I]. Type B. divergens. B, divergens. These groups may theoretically be regarded as including branched Didymo- grapti of the indentus and deflerus types respectively. DEPENDENT SERIES. Bryograpti in which the main stipes diverge downward, and tend to become approximately parallel. Group I.—Type br. Kjerulfi. Bryograpti in which the main stipes are straight, slender, and of uniform width ; the thece are fairly numerous, inclined at low angles, and free for the greater part of their length. 12 88 BRITISH GRAPTOLITES. Bryograptus Kjerulfi, Lapworth. Plate XII, figs. 3 a, b. 1880. Bryograptus Kjerulfi, Lapworth, Aun. Mag. Nat. Hist. [5], vol. v, p. 164, pl. v, fig. 22. 1882. Bryograptus Kjerulfi, Brogger, Die Silur.-Etagen, 2 u. 3, p. 87, pl. xii, fig. 20 a. 1898. Bryograptus Kjerulfi, Elles, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., vol. liv, p. 469, fig. 1. Main stipes short, 1:2 to 2 cm. in leneth, and not exceeding 1 mm. in width ; diverging from a conspicuous sicula at a small angle, and growing subverti- cally downward; from their imer or thecal margins originate two or more symmetrically disposed compound lateral branches. Thece eight to nie in 10 mm., inclined 20°, having an average length of 1°5 mm., four times as long as wide, inclining shghtly in the direction of their apertures, over- lapping one third their length, and having their outer walls shghtly curved. Apertural margins concaye. Description.—Vhe_ polypary is always short; Lapworth gives the angle of divergence of the main stipes as 40°, but it often appears larger owing to the mode of preservation. The lateral branches are symmetrically disposed,—that is to say, they are given off at similar distances on either side of the main stipes. The sicula has a length of 1-6 mm., and from its Fiae. 50.—Bryograptus Kjerulfi, 3 E Lapworth. apex a fine thread-like prolongation (the nema or virgula) is often seen to extend. Affinities.—Br. Kjerulfi is characterised by its shrub-lke form, and by the fact that the main stipes have a tendency to run parallel to each other in a manner which forcibly suggests the habit of the later “tuiiny-fork ” Graptolites. It resembles its variety cwmbrensis in the general Proximal end, showing frequent branch- Shape and characters of the thecee, but differs) imeeme ing; obverse view. Figured Elles, ane - ae Seach Journ Gaol. Seo’ vol ie Symmetrical disposition of its lateral branches. From p. 470, fig.1. Barf, Skiddaw Slates. On same slab as Figs. 49 a and b. Br. divergens it differs in the direction of growth of the main stipes, and from Br. ramosus, Brogger, in the number of thecee in a given unit of length. Horizon and Localities—Tremadoc ? Lower Skiddaw Slates (Bryograptus beds). Lake District: Barf. Associates, etc.—DBr. Kjerulfi occurs in the Lower Skiddaw Slates of the Lake District associated with var. cumbrensis. The species has a gregarious habit, as may be seen from the slab figured on Pl. XII, fig. 3 0. The best specimens known to us are in the collections of the Jermyn Street Museum, Postlethwaite, and Mr. W. A. Brend. Var. cumbrensis (Illes). 1894. Bryograptus ramosus, Marr, Geol. Mae., p. 130, figs. 1 BRYOGRAPTUS. 89 Plate XII, figs. 4 a—e. 5. 1898. Bryograptus ramosus, var. cumbrensis, Elles, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., vol. liv, p. 471, figs. 3 and 4. In addition to the typical species of Dr. Kjerulfi, there occur in the Skiddaw Slates in association with it equally abundant specimens of a form which differs from Br, Kjerulfi in the unsymmetrical disposition of its lateral branches, and it seems advisable to separate this as a distinct variety. Fig. 51.—Bryograptus Kjerulfi, var. cumbrensis, Elles. | ! , / Proximal end, showing sicula and lone nema. fig. 4a. (( a A Enlargement of Pl. XII, These specimens were originally referred by Marr (loc. cit. supra) to the Br. ramosus of Brégger, which they resemble in the general arrangement of the stipes. It appears, however, certain that Brégger’s species is characterised by far more closely set thecz, hence this form was separated later and regarded as a variety of Brégger’s Br. vamosus. It is probable, however, that there is ereat variation in the branching of all Bryograpti, and that no one definite plan is followed even within the limits of a single species. Since, therefore, the forms here separated as var. cumbrensis agree very closely with br. Kjerulfi in the characters of their thecz, and differ only in the possession of unsymmetrically disposed lateral branches, we prefer to regard them as a variety of that species. Horizon and Locality—Tremadoc. Lower Skiddaw Slates (Bryograptus beds). Lake District : Barf. Associates.—Var. cumbrensis occurs in the Lower Skiddaw Slates associated with Br. Kjerulfi, and also occasionally with 7. Bigsby. The best specimens are in the Woodwardian Museum and Postlethwaite’s collection. DEFLEXED SERIES. Bryograpti with flexed main stipes diverging downward, the initial angle of divergence being less than 180°. Group I1.—Type Br. divergens. Bryograpti in which the main stipes are flexed and slender, and from their thecal margins lateral branches are given off at irregular intervals. Thece numerous, inclined at low angles, free for the greater part of their length. 90 BRITISH GRAPTOLITES. Bryograptus divergens, sp. nov. Plate XII, fig. 2. 1894. ? Bryograptus Callavei, Marr, Geol. Mag., p. 130, fig. 6. 1898. Bryograptus, cf. Callavei, Elles, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc , vol. liv, p. 470, fig. 2. Main stipes 1-4 em. in leneth, flexed, slender, not exceeding *6 mm. in width, diverging from the sicula at about 90°; from their inner thecal margins unsymmetrically disposed lateral branches are given off. Thecze twelve to thirteen in 10 mm., inclined 20°, overlapping one third to one half their length, having an average length of 1-5 mm. ; five times as lone as wide, of uniform breadth, and with outer walls shghtly curved. Apertural margins straight, oblique, with mucronate denticle. Description.—Unfortunately one specimen only of this species is known, and that shows merely two incomplete lateral branches arising at different levels on each of the main stipes. The sicula is complete, but must have been at Fic. 52.—-Bryograptus divergens, sp. nov. . least 1:2 mm. in length. Remarks.—This species was at first regarded as a possible variety of Lapworth’s Br. Callavei. Simee that form is now known not to be a Bryograptus (see p. 84), it 1s necessary to give this specimen a new name. Bb, divergens differs from other British Proximal end, obverse view. Enlarge- Bryograpti m the wider divergence of the main ment of Pl. XII, fig. 2. : stipes. Horizon and Locality —Tremadoc (?). Lower Skiddaw Slates. Lake District : Barf. Associates, ete.—'The solitary specimen of br. divergens at present known is im the Woodwardian Museum. It was found in the Skiddaw Slates, but its associates are unknown. Genus TRICHOGRAPTUS, Nicholson. 1876. Trichograplus, Nicholson, Geol. Mag., dee. 2, vol. iii, p. 248. Polypary bilaterally symmetrical, consisting of two very slender, reclined, uniserial main stipes, from the thecal margins of which long, slender, flexed lateral branches are given off. a ; : ; Thece approximately of the simple Dichograptid type, overlapping for a very small fraction of their length. TRICHOGRAPTUS. 9] This genus might be regarded as intermediate in character between the Dicho- graptide and the Leptograptide. It approaches closely to Canograptus (of Hall) in the tenuity of its stipes and general mode of branching. Its characters in many respects approximate also to those of Pterograptus, Holm; but the angle of divergence of the two main stipes, which in that @enus is less than 90°, is here over 180°. The form of the thece, however, so far as can be made out, appears to link it rather with the Dichograptids than the Leptograptide. Hence it seems best, in the present state of our knowledge, to regard it theoretically as a very slender reclined compound Didymograptus, from the thecal margins of which simple lateral branches are given off. Only one British species has yet been recorded, viz. T'richograptus fragilis. Trichograptus fragilis (Nicholson). Plate XII, fig. 5. 1869. Dichograpsus fragilis, Nicholson, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. [4], vol. iv, p. 232, pl. xi, figs. 1—3. 1876. Trichograptus fragilis, Nicholson, Geol. Mag., dee. 2, vol. iii, p. 248. 1898. Trichograptus fragilis, Elles, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., vol. liv, p. 476. Main stipes straight, 1 em. or more in length, originating from a conspicuous sicula, and converging upward and backward upon the nema; from their thecal margins three (or more) lateral branches are given off near the proximal end. Thece nine to ten in 10 mm., inclined at 28°, average length 15 mm., three to four times as long as wide; outer walls straight, over- lapping one quarter to one third their length. Apertural margins normal, straight. Description.—The whole polypary is very small; the main stipes seem rather straighter than the lateral branches, which have a length of about 2 cm. All the stipes are characteristically slender and thread-hke, having an average width of ‘5mm. The first lateral stipe is given off at a distance of about 1 mm. from the sicula, and there is a distance of about 1°4 mm. between each of the others. This first seems to originate at about the length of a single theca from the sicula. The sicula is small, measuring only ‘5 mm. in Fie. 53.—Trichograptus fragilis, : Nicholson, leneth ; nevertheless it is conspicuous, owing to the ‘i extreme tenuity of the stipes. ‘ Affinities —T. fragilis may be distinguished from “| all other Dichograptidz by its extreme tenuity and " its mode of growth. J Horizon and Localities—LUlanvirn, Upper Skid- \ daw Slates. y Lake District: Thornship Beck, near Shap; Thee on one of the lateral branches. ‘ kk Nike Enlargement of Pl. XII, fig. 5. Ashlock Sike. Associates, ete—The associates of 7. fragilis are 92 BRITISH GRAPTOLITES. unknown, and up to the present time it has only been recorded from the Skiddaw Slates. 'I'wo specimens only are known to us; both of these belonged originally to Nicholson, and are now in the Natural History Museum, South Kensington. NOTE. There remain two so-called genera to be described in this connection. These are Azygograptus of Lapworth, and Phyllograptus of Hall. Azygograptus has wholly lost the power of dichotomy, so characteristic of the typical members of the Dichograptid family; and the genus meludes within it, as at present understood, a form showing characters approximating in some respects to those of the Leptograptidee. Phyllograptus, while fully retaining the thecal characters of the Dichograptide, and their power of dichotomy, has acquired more or less the outward habit of Diplograptus. Genus AZYGOGRAPTUS, Nicholson and Lapworth. 1875.